|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 *
|
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
8 */
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
10 /*
|
|
|
11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode
|
|
|
12 */
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
17 /*
|
|
|
18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode
|
|
|
19 */
|
|
|
20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1
|
|
|
23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2
|
|
|
24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3
|
|
|
25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4
|
|
|
26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8
|
|
|
30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11
|
|
12
|
33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12
|
|
523
|
34 #define CTRL_X_OMNI 13
|
|
477
|
35 #define CTRL_X_SPELL 14
|
|
|
36 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 15 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */
|
|
7
|
37
|
|
|
38 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT]
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
40 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] =
|
|
|
41 {
|
|
|
42 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */
|
|
477
|
43 N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^P^S^U^V^Y)"),
|
|
449
|
44 NULL,
|
|
7
|
45 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"),
|
|
|
46 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"),
|
|
|
47 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"),
|
|
|
48 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
|
49 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"),
|
|
|
50 NULL,
|
|
|
51 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"),
|
|
|
52 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"),
|
|
12
|
53 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"),
|
|
|
54 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"),
|
|
523
|
55 N_(" Omni completion (^O^N^P)"),
|
|
477
|
56 N_(" Spelling suggestion (^S^N^P)"),
|
|
449
|
57 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
7
|
58 };
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
60 static char_u e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph");
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
62 /*
|
|
|
63 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion.
|
|
|
64 */
|
|
681
|
65 typedef struct compl_S compl_T;
|
|
|
66 struct compl_S
|
|
7
|
67 {
|
|
464
|
68 compl_T *cp_next;
|
|
|
69 compl_T *cp_prev;
|
|
|
70 char_u *cp_str; /* matched text */
|
|
681
|
71 char cp_icase; /* TRUE or FALSE: ignore case */
|
|
659
|
72 char_u *cp_extra; /* extra menu text (allocated, can be NULL) */
|
|
|
73 char_u *cp_info; /* verbose info (can be NULL) */
|
|
|
74 char_u cp_kind; /* kind of match, single letter, or NUL */
|
|
|
75 char_u *cp_fname; /* file containing the match, allocated when
|
|
|
76 * cp_flags has FREE_FNAME */
|
|
464
|
77 int cp_flags; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */
|
|
|
78 int cp_number; /* sequence number */
|
|
7
|
79 };
|
|
|
80
|
|
464
|
81 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1) /* the original text when the expansion begun */
|
|
7
|
82 #define FREE_FNAME (2)
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
84 /*
|
|
|
85 * All the current matches are stored in a list.
|
|
449
|
86 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list.
|
|
|
87 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry.
|
|
|
88 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during
|
|
|
89 * ins_compl_get_exp().
|
|
7
|
90 */
|
|
464
|
91 static compl_T *compl_first_match = NULL;
|
|
|
92 static compl_T *compl_curr_match = NULL;
|
|
|
93 static compl_T *compl_shown_match = NULL;
|
|
449
|
94
|
|
657
|
95 /* When "compl_leader" is not NULL only matches that start with this string
|
|
|
96 * are used. */
|
|
|
97 static char_u *compl_leader = NULL;
|
|
|
98
|
|
665
|
99 static int compl_get_longest = FALSE; /* put longest common string
|
|
|
100 in compl_leader */
|
|
|
101
|
|
657
|
102 static int compl_used_match; /* Selected one of the matches. When
|
|
|
103 FALSE the match was edited or using
|
|
|
104 the longest common string. */
|
|
|
105
|
|
449
|
106 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's
|
|
|
107 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */
|
|
644
|
108 static int compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
449
|
109
|
|
464
|
110 static int compl_matches = 0;
|
|
|
111 static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
|
112 static int compl_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
|
113 static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD;
|
|
716
|
114 static int compl_pending = 0; /* > 1 for postponed CTRL-N */
|
|
464
|
115 static pos_T compl_startpos;
|
|
|
116 static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts
|
|
|
117 * that is being completed */
|
|
|
118 static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before
|
|
|
119 * completion started */
|
|
|
120 static int compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
|
|
121 static expand_T compl_xp;
|
|
449
|
122
|
|
|
123 static void ins_ctrl_x __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
124 static int has_compl_option __ARGS((int dict_opt));
|
|
681
|
125 static int ins_compl_equal __ARGS((compl_T *match, char_u *str, int len));
|
|
665
|
126 static void ins_compl_longest_match __ARGS((compl_T *match));
|
|
681
|
127 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int icase));
|
|
7
|
128 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void));
|
|
540
|
129 static void ins_compl_upd_pum __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
130 static void ins_compl_del_pum __ARGS((void));
|
|
648
|
131 static int pum_wanted __ARGS((void));
|
|
707
|
132 static int pum_enough_matches __ARGS((void));
|
|
659
|
133 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int flags, int thesaurus));
|
|
703
|
134 static void ins_compl_files __ARGS((int count, char_u **files, int thesaurus, int flags, regmatch_T *regmatch, char_u *buf, int *dir));
|
|
667
|
135 static char_u *find_line_end __ARGS((char_u *ptr));
|
|
7
|
136 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
137 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void));
|
|
657
|
138 static int ins_compl_bs __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
139 static void ins_compl_addleader __ARGS((int c));
|
|
694
|
140 static void ins_compl_set_original_text __ARGS((char_u *str));
|
|
659
|
141 static void ins_compl_addfrommatch __ARGS((void));
|
|
540
|
142 static int ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c));
|
|
7
|
143 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag));
|
|
659
|
144 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini));
|
|
7
|
145 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
146 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void));
|
|
665
|
147 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion, int count, int insert_match));
|
|
610
|
148 static int ins_compl_key2dir __ARGS((int c));
|
|
644
|
149 static int ins_compl_pum_key __ARGS((int c));
|
|
610
|
150 static int ins_compl_key2count __ARGS((int c));
|
|
681
|
151 static int ins_compl_use_match __ARGS((int c));
|
|
7
|
152 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
153 static int quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len));
|
|
|
154 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
156 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1
|
|
|
157 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2
|
|
|
158 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3
|
|
|
159 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4
|
|
|
160
|
|
661
|
161 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((int ready));
|
|
7
|
162 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
163 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
164 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int));
|
|
667
|
165 static void internal_format __ARGS((int textwidth, int second_indent, int flags, int format_only));
|
|
7
|
166 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int));
|
|
|
167 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
168 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos));
|
|
221
|
169 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
170 static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void));
|
|
484
|
171 static void spell_back_to_badword __ARGS((void));
|
|
497
|
172 static int spell_bad_len = 0; /* length of located bad word */
|
|
221
|
173 #endif
|
|
7
|
174 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc));
|
|
|
175 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int));
|
|
|
176 static void replace_push_off __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
177 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
178 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off));
|
|
|
179 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
180 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
181 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc));
|
|
|
182 #endif
|
|
|
183 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
184 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
185 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
186 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
187 #endif
|
|
|
188 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
189 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void));
|
|
449
|
190 static void ins_ctrl_hat __ARGS((void));
|
|
477
|
191 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove));
|
|
7
|
192 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
193 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
194 #endif
|
|
|
195 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
196 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
197 #endif
|
|
449
|
198 static void ins_insert __ARGS((int replaceState));
|
|
|
199 static void ins_ctrl_o __ARGS((void));
|
|
7
|
200 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc));
|
|
|
201 static void ins_del __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
202 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p));
|
|
|
203 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
204 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
205 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int up));
|
|
|
206 #endif
|
|
692
|
207 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
208 static void ins_tabline __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
209 #endif
|
|
7
|
210 static void ins_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
211 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
212 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
213 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
214 static void ins_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
215 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
216 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
|
217 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
218 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
|
219 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
220 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
221 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
222 #endif
|
|
|
223 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
224 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
225 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
226 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
227 #endif
|
|
|
228 static int ins_copychar __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
449
|
229 static int ins_ctrl_ey __ARGS((int tc));
|
|
7
|
230 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
231 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
232 #endif
|
|
|
233 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
234
|
|
|
235 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */
|
|
|
236 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */
|
|
|
237
|
|
|
238 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert,
|
|
|
239 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */
|
|
|
240 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */
|
|
|
241 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */
|
|
603
|
242 static int did_restart_edit; /* "restart_edit" when calling edit() */
|
|
7
|
243
|
|
|
244 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
245 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */
|
|
|
246 #endif
|
|
|
247
|
|
|
248 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
|
|
|
249
|
|
|
250 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
298
|
251 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */
|
|
|
252 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */
|
|
|
253 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */
|
|
|
254 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */
|
|
7
|
255 #endif
|
|
|
256
|
|
|
257 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a
|
|
|
258 char. Set when edit() is called.
|
|
|
259 after that arrow_used is used. */
|
|
|
260
|
|
|
261 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space
|
|
|
262 under the cursor */
|
|
|
263
|
|
|
264 /*
|
|
|
265 * edit(): Start inserting text.
|
|
|
266 *
|
|
|
267 * "cmdchar" can be:
|
|
|
268 * 'i' normal insert command
|
|
|
269 * 'a' normal append command
|
|
|
270 * 'R' replace command
|
|
|
271 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo,
|
|
|
272 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo.
|
|
|
273 * 'g' "gI" command.
|
|
|
274 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
|
275 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
|
276 *
|
|
|
277 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns
|
|
|
278 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command.
|
|
|
279 *
|
|
|
280 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending).
|
|
|
281 */
|
|
|
282 int
|
|
|
283 edit(cmdchar, startln, count)
|
|
|
284 int cmdchar;
|
|
|
285 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */
|
|
|
286 long count;
|
|
|
287 {
|
|
|
288 int c = 0;
|
|
|
289 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
290 int lastc;
|
|
|
291 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
|
292 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
293 int i;
|
|
|
294 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */
|
|
|
295 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
296 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */
|
|
|
297 #endif
|
|
|
298 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */
|
|
|
299 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
300 int old_topfill = -1;
|
|
|
301 #endif
|
|
|
302 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */
|
|
|
303 int replaceState = REPLACE;
|
|
477
|
304 int nomove = FALSE; /* don't move cursor on return */
|
|
7
|
305
|
|
603
|
306 /* Remember whether editing was restarted after CTRL-O. */
|
|
|
307 did_restart_edit = restart_edit;
|
|
|
308
|
|
7
|
309 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an
|
|
|
310 * error message */
|
|
|
311 check_for_delay(TRUE);
|
|
|
312
|
|
|
313 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX
|
|
|
314 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */
|
|
|
315 if (sandbox != 0)
|
|
|
316 {
|
|
|
317 EMSG(_(e_sandbox));
|
|
|
318 return FALSE;
|
|
|
319 }
|
|
|
320 #endif
|
|
632
|
321 /* Don't allow changes in the buffer while editing the cmdline. The
|
|
|
322 * caller of getcmdline() may get confused. */
|
|
634
|
323 if (textlock != 0)
|
|
632
|
324 {
|
|
|
325 EMSG(_(e_secure));
|
|
|
326 return FALSE;
|
|
|
327 }
|
|
7
|
328
|
|
|
329 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
330 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
331 #endif
|
|
|
332
|
|
11
|
333 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
334 /*
|
|
|
335 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx".
|
|
|
336 */
|
|
|
337 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
|
338 {
|
|
532
|
339 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
11
|
340 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
|
341 ptr = (char_u *)"r";
|
|
|
342 else if (cmdchar == 'V')
|
|
|
343 ptr = (char_u *)"v";
|
|
|
344 else
|
|
|
345 ptr = (char_u *)"i";
|
|
|
346 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1);
|
|
532
|
347 # endif
|
|
11
|
348 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
349 }
|
|
|
350 #endif
|
|
|
351
|
|
7
|
352 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
353 /*
|
|
|
354 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to
|
|
|
355 * where the paste started.
|
|
|
356 */
|
|
|
357 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0)
|
|
|
358 Insstart = where_paste_started;
|
|
|
359 else
|
|
|
360 #endif
|
|
|
361 {
|
|
|
362 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
363 if (startln)
|
|
|
364 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
|
365 }
|
|
|
366 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
367 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
368 if (!did_ai)
|
|
|
369 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
370
|
|
|
371 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
372 {
|
|
|
373 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
374 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count);
|
|
|
375 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
376 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
377 {
|
|
|
378 /* "gR" or "gr" command */
|
|
|
379 AppendCharToRedobuff('g');
|
|
|
380 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R');
|
|
|
381 }
|
|
|
382 else
|
|
|
383 #endif
|
|
|
384 {
|
|
|
385 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar);
|
|
|
386 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */
|
|
|
387 AppendCharToRedobuff('I');
|
|
|
388 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */
|
|
|
389 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */
|
|
|
390 }
|
|
|
391 }
|
|
|
392
|
|
|
393 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
|
394 {
|
|
|
395 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
396 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
397 {
|
|
|
398 beep_flush();
|
|
|
399 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
|
400 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
401 }
|
|
|
402 else
|
|
|
403 #endif
|
|
|
404 State = REPLACE;
|
|
|
405 }
|
|
|
406 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
407 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
408 {
|
|
|
409 State = VREPLACE;
|
|
|
410 replaceState = VREPLACE;
|
|
|
411 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
412 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
|
413 }
|
|
|
414 #endif
|
|
|
415 else
|
|
|
416 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
417
|
|
|
418 stop_insert_mode = FALSE;
|
|
|
419
|
|
|
420 /*
|
|
|
421 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is
|
|
|
422 * on a TAB or special character.
|
|
|
423 */
|
|
|
424 curs_columns(TRUE);
|
|
|
425
|
|
|
426 /*
|
|
|
427 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'.
|
|
|
428 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the
|
|
|
429 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated
|
|
|
430 * when hitting <Esc>.
|
|
|
431 */
|
|
|
432 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP)
|
|
|
433 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
434 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
435 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM);
|
|
|
436 #endif
|
|
|
437
|
|
|
438 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
439 setmouse();
|
|
|
440 #endif
|
|
|
441 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
442 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
443 #endif
|
|
|
444 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
445 /* there is no reverse replace mode */
|
|
|
446 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
|
447 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
448 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
449 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
|
450 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
|
451 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
|
452 #endif
|
|
|
453
|
|
|
454 /*
|
|
|
455 * Handle restarting Insert mode.
|
|
|
456 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with
|
|
|
457 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer.
|
|
|
458 */
|
|
|
459 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty())
|
|
|
460 {
|
|
|
461 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
462 /*
|
|
|
463 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for
|
|
|
464 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too.
|
|
|
465 */
|
|
|
466 if (where_paste_started.lnum)
|
|
|
467 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
468 else
|
|
|
469 #endif
|
|
|
470 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
|
471 restart_edit = 0;
|
|
|
472
|
|
|
473 /*
|
|
|
474 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is
|
|
|
475 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not
|
|
|
476 * correct in very rare cases).
|
|
|
477 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual
|
|
|
478 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|".
|
|
|
479 */
|
|
|
480 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
481 update_curswant();
|
|
230
|
482 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum)
|
|
7
|
483 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
484 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL)
|
|
|
485 {
|
|
|
486 if (ptr[1] == NUL)
|
|
|
487 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
488 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
489 else if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
490 {
|
|
474
|
491 i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
492 if (ptr[i] == NUL)
|
|
|
493 curwin->w_cursor.col += i;
|
|
|
494 }
|
|
|
495 #endif
|
|
|
496 }
|
|
230
|
497 ins_at_eol = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
498 }
|
|
|
499 else
|
|
|
500 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
501
|
|
|
502 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */
|
|
|
503 need_start_insertmode = FALSE;
|
|
|
504
|
|
|
505 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */
|
|
|
506 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
|
507
|
|
|
508 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
509 where_paste_started.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
510 #endif
|
|
|
511 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
512 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
513 #endif
|
|
|
514 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
515 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or
|
|
|
516 * restarting. */
|
|
|
517 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
518 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
519 #endif
|
|
|
520
|
|
|
521 /*
|
|
|
522 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode.
|
|
|
523 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before
|
|
|
524 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any.
|
|
|
525 */
|
|
|
526 i = 0;
|
|
644
|
527 if (p_smd && msg_silent == 0)
|
|
7
|
528 i = showmode();
|
|
|
529
|
|
|
530 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
531 change_warning(i + 1);
|
|
|
532
|
|
|
533 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
534 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
535 #endif
|
|
|
536 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
537 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
|
538 #endif
|
|
|
539
|
|
603
|
540 /*
|
|
|
541 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be
|
|
|
542 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters.
|
|
|
543 */
|
|
7
|
544 ptr = get_inserted();
|
|
|
545 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
546 new_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
|
547 else
|
|
|
548 {
|
|
|
549 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
550 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
551 }
|
|
|
552
|
|
|
553 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
554
|
|
|
555 /*
|
|
|
556 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left.
|
|
|
557 */
|
|
|
558 for (;;)
|
|
|
559 {
|
|
|
560 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
561 if (!revins_legal)
|
|
|
562 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */
|
|
|
563 else
|
|
|
564 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
|
565 #endif
|
|
|
566 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */
|
|
|
567 count = 0;
|
|
|
568
|
|
|
569 if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
|
570 {
|
|
|
571 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */
|
|
|
572 count = 0;
|
|
|
573 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
574 }
|
|
|
575
|
|
|
576 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */
|
|
|
577 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
578 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
579
|
|
|
580 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a
|
|
|
581 * menu invoked a shell command). */
|
|
|
582 if (stuff_empty())
|
|
|
583 {
|
|
|
584 did_check_timestamps = FALSE;
|
|
|
585 if (need_check_timestamps)
|
|
|
586 check_timestamps(FALSE);
|
|
|
587 }
|
|
|
588
|
|
|
589 /*
|
|
|
590 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set.
|
|
|
591 */
|
|
|
592 msg_scroll = FALSE;
|
|
|
593
|
|
|
594 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
595 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to
|
|
|
596 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an
|
|
|
597 * autocommand. */
|
|
|
598 if (need_mouse_correct)
|
|
|
599 gui_mouse_correct();
|
|
|
600 #endif
|
|
|
601
|
|
|
602 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
603 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */
|
|
|
604 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT)
|
|
|
605 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
606 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */
|
|
|
607 if (!char_avail())
|
|
|
608 foldCheckClose();
|
|
|
609 #endif
|
|
|
610
|
|
|
611 /*
|
|
|
612 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in
|
|
|
613 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra
|
|
|
614 * redraw.
|
|
|
615 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting
|
|
|
616 * something.
|
|
|
617 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has
|
|
|
618 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())).
|
|
|
619 */
|
|
|
620 if (curbuf->b_mod_set
|
|
|
621 && curwin->w_p_wrap
|
|
|
622 && !did_backspace
|
|
|
623 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline
|
|
|
624 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
625 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill
|
|
|
626 #endif
|
|
|
627 )
|
|
|
628 {
|
|
|
629 mincol = curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
630 validate_cursor_col();
|
|
|
631
|
|
|
632 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < (int)mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts
|
|
|
633 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin)
|
|
|
634 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so
|
|
|
635 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
636 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
637 || curwin->w_topfill > 0
|
|
|
638 #endif
|
|
|
639 ))
|
|
|
640 {
|
|
|
641 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
642 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0)
|
|
|
643 --curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
644 else
|
|
|
645 #endif
|
|
|
646 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
647 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline))
|
|
|
648 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1);
|
|
|
649 else
|
|
|
650 #endif
|
|
|
651 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1);
|
|
|
652 }
|
|
|
653 }
|
|
|
654
|
|
|
655 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */
|
|
|
656 update_topline();
|
|
|
657
|
|
|
658 did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
|
659
|
|
|
660 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */
|
|
|
661
|
|
|
662 /*
|
|
|
663 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting.
|
|
|
664 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor.
|
|
|
665 */
|
|
661
|
666 ins_redraw(TRUE);
|
|
7
|
667
|
|
|
668 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND
|
|
|
669 if (curwin->w_p_scb)
|
|
|
670 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE);
|
|
|
671 #endif
|
|
|
672
|
|
|
673 update_curswant();
|
|
|
674 old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
675 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
676 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
677 #endif
|
|
|
678
|
|
|
679 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
680 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
|
681 #endif
|
|
|
682
|
|
|
683 /*
|
|
|
684 * Get a character for Insert mode.
|
|
|
685 */
|
|
|
686 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */
|
|
|
687 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
688
|
|
|
689 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
690 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
691 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
|
692 #endif
|
|
|
693 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
694 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
695 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
|
696 #endif
|
|
|
697
|
|
|
698 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
659
|
699 /*
|
|
|
700 * Special handling of keys while the popup menu is visible or wanted
|
|
|
701 * and the cursor is still in the completed word.
|
|
|
702 */
|
|
|
703 if (compl_started && pum_wanted() && curwin->w_cursor.col >= compl_col)
|
|
|
704 {
|
|
|
705 /* BS: Delete one character from "compl_leader". */
|
|
|
706 if ((c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H)
|
|
|
707 && curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col && ins_compl_bs())
|
|
657
|
708 continue;
|
|
|
709
|
|
659
|
710 /* When no match was selected or it was edited. */
|
|
|
711 if (!compl_used_match)
|
|
657
|
712 {
|
|
659
|
713 /* CTRL-L: Add one character from the current match to
|
|
|
714 * "compl_leader". */
|
|
|
715 if (c == Ctrl_L)
|
|
|
716 {
|
|
|
717 ins_compl_addfrommatch();
|
|
|
718 continue;
|
|
|
719 }
|
|
|
720
|
|
683
|
721 /* A printable, non-white character: Add to "compl_leader". */
|
|
|
722 if (vim_isprintc(c) && !vim_iswhite(c))
|
|
659
|
723 {
|
|
|
724 ins_compl_addleader(c);
|
|
|
725 continue;
|
|
|
726 }
|
|
665
|
727
|
|
|
728 /* Pressing Enter selects the current match. */
|
|
|
729 if (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL)
|
|
|
730 {
|
|
|
731 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
732 ins_compl_insert();
|
|
|
733 }
|
|
657
|
734 }
|
|
|
735 }
|
|
|
736
|
|
7
|
737 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but
|
|
|
738 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */
|
|
665
|
739 compl_get_longest = FALSE;
|
|
657
|
740 if (c != K_IGNORE && ins_compl_prep(c))
|
|
|
741 continue;
|
|
7
|
742 #endif
|
|
|
743
|
|
477
|
744 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode,
|
|
|
745 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode',
|
|
|
746 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor. */
|
|
7
|
747 if (c == Ctrl_BSL)
|
|
|
748 {
|
|
|
749 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
661
|
750 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
751 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
752 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
753 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
754 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
755 --allow_keys;
|
|
477
|
756 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O)
|
|
7
|
757 {
|
|
477
|
758 /* it's something else */
|
|
7
|
759 vungetc(c);
|
|
|
760 c = Ctrl_BSL;
|
|
|
761 }
|
|
|
762 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im)
|
|
|
763 continue;
|
|
|
764 else
|
|
|
765 {
|
|
477
|
766 if (c == Ctrl_O)
|
|
|
767 {
|
|
|
768 ins_ctrl_o();
|
|
|
769 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor keeps its column */
|
|
|
770 nomove = TRUE;
|
|
|
771 }
|
|
7
|
772 count = 0;
|
|
|
773 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
774 }
|
|
|
775 }
|
|
|
776
|
|
|
777 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
778 c = do_digraph(c);
|
|
|
779 #endif
|
|
|
780
|
|
|
781 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
782 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
783 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
784 #endif
|
|
|
785 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q)
|
|
|
786 {
|
|
|
787 ins_ctrl_v();
|
|
|
788 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */
|
|
|
789 continue;
|
|
|
790 }
|
|
|
791
|
|
|
792 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
793 if (cindent_on()
|
|
|
794 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
795 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
|
796 # endif
|
|
|
797 )
|
|
|
798 {
|
|
|
799 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be
|
|
|
800 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below.
|
|
|
801 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be
|
|
|
802 * done before inserting the key. */
|
|
|
803 line_is_white = inindent(0);
|
|
|
804 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white))
|
|
|
805 goto force_cindent;
|
|
|
806 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white)
|
|
|
807 && stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
808 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
809 }
|
|
|
810 #endif
|
|
|
811
|
|
|
812 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
813 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
|
814 switch (c)
|
|
|
815 {
|
|
|
816 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
817 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
818 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
819 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
820 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
821 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
822 }
|
|
|
823 #endif
|
|
|
824
|
|
|
825 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
826 /*
|
|
|
827 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it
|
|
|
828 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these
|
|
|
829 * characters.
|
|
|
830 */
|
|
|
831 if (ins_start_select(c))
|
|
|
832 continue;
|
|
|
833 #endif
|
|
|
834
|
|
|
835 /*
|
|
|
836 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode.
|
|
|
837 */
|
|
|
838 switch (c)
|
|
|
839 {
|
|
449
|
840 case ESC: /* End input mode */
|
|
7
|
841 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
842 break;
|
|
|
843 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
|
844
|
|
449
|
845 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */
|
|
7
|
846 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
847 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
848 {
|
|
|
849 /* Close the cmdline window. */
|
|
|
850 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE;
|
|
|
851 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */
|
|
|
852 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
853 }
|
|
|
854 #endif
|
|
|
855
|
|
|
856 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
857 do_intr:
|
|
|
858 #endif
|
|
|
859 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave
|
|
|
860 * Insert mode */
|
|
|
861 if (goto_im())
|
|
|
862 {
|
|
|
863 if (got_int)
|
|
|
864 {
|
|
|
865 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */
|
|
|
866 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
867 }
|
|
|
868 else
|
|
|
869 vim_beep();
|
|
|
870 break;
|
|
|
871 }
|
|
|
872 doESCkey:
|
|
|
873 /*
|
|
|
874 * This is the ONLY return from edit()!
|
|
|
875 */
|
|
|
876 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line
|
|
|
877 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */
|
|
230
|
878 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
7
|
879 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
880
|
|
477
|
881 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove))
|
|
11
|
882 {
|
|
|
883 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
884 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
|
885 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL,
|
|
|
886 FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
887 #endif
|
|
7
|
888 return (c == Ctrl_O);
|
|
11
|
889 }
|
|
7
|
890 continue;
|
|
|
891
|
|
449
|
892 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */
|
|
|
893 if (!p_im)
|
|
|
894 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */
|
|
|
895 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r");
|
|
|
896 c = Ctrl_O;
|
|
|
897 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
|
898
|
|
|
899 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */
|
|
502
|
900 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
523
|
901 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
|
|
449
|
902 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
903 #endif
|
|
|
904 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
905 break;
|
|
|
906 ins_ctrl_o();
|
|
|
907 count = 0;
|
|
|
908 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
909
|
|
464
|
910 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */
|
|
|
911 case K_KINS:
|
|
|
912 ins_insert(replaceState);
|
|
|
913 break;
|
|
|
914
|
|
|
915 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */
|
|
|
916 break;
|
|
|
917
|
|
449
|
918 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF
|
|
|
919 case K_SNIFF: /* Sniff command received */
|
|
|
920 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF);
|
|
|
921 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
922 #endif
|
|
|
923
|
|
|
924 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */
|
|
|
925 case K_F1:
|
|
|
926 case K_XF1:
|
|
|
927 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP);
|
|
|
928 if (p_im)
|
|
|
929 need_start_insertmode = TRUE;
|
|
|
930 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
931
|
|
|
932 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
933 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */
|
|
|
934 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
|
935 i = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
936 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
937 netbeans_keycommand(i);
|
|
|
938 break;
|
|
|
939 #endif
|
|
|
940
|
|
|
941 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */
|
|
7
|
942 case NUL:
|
|
|
943 case Ctrl_A:
|
|
449
|
944 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an
|
|
|
945 * error. */
|
|
7
|
946 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL
|
|
|
947 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im)
|
|
|
948 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */
|
|
|
949 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
950 break;
|
|
|
951
|
|
449
|
952 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */
|
|
7
|
953 ins_reg();
|
|
|
954 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
955 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
956 break;
|
|
|
957
|
|
449
|
958 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */
|
|
7
|
959 ins_ctrl_g();
|
|
|
960 break;
|
|
|
961
|
|
449
|
962 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */
|
|
|
963 ins_ctrl_hat();
|
|
7
|
964 break;
|
|
|
965
|
|
|
966 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
449
|
967 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */
|
|
7
|
968 if (!p_ari)
|
|
|
969 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
970 ins_ctrl_();
|
|
|
971 break;
|
|
|
972 #endif
|
|
|
973
|
|
449
|
974 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */
|
|
7
|
975 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
|
976 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
977 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
978 #endif
|
|
|
979 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
980
|
|
449
|
981 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */
|
|
7
|
982 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
983 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
984 {
|
|
449
|
985 if (has_compl_option(FALSE))
|
|
|
986 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
987 break;
|
|
7
|
988 }
|
|
|
989 # endif
|
|
|
990 ins_shift(c, lastc);
|
|
|
991 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
992 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
993 break;
|
|
|
994
|
|
449
|
995 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */
|
|
7
|
996 case K_KDEL:
|
|
|
997 ins_del();
|
|
|
998 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
999 break;
|
|
|
1000
|
|
449
|
1001 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */
|
|
7
|
1002 case Ctrl_H:
|
|
|
1003 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
1004 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1005 break;
|
|
|
1006
|
|
449
|
1007 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */
|
|
7
|
1008 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
1009 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1010 break;
|
|
|
1011
|
|
449
|
1012 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */
|
|
12
|
1013 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
1014 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */
|
|
449
|
1015 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION)
|
|
12
|
1016 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1017 # endif
|
|
7
|
1018 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
1019 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1020 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1021 break;
|
|
|
1022
|
|
|
1023 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
449
|
1024 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */
|
|
7
|
1025 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM:
|
|
|
1026 case K_LEFTDRAG:
|
|
|
1027 case K_LEFTRELEASE:
|
|
|
1028 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM:
|
|
|
1029 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE:
|
|
|
1030 case K_MIDDLEDRAG:
|
|
|
1031 case K_MIDDLERELEASE:
|
|
|
1032 case K_RIGHTMOUSE:
|
|
|
1033 case K_RIGHTDRAG:
|
|
|
1034 case K_RIGHTRELEASE:
|
|
|
1035 case K_X1MOUSE:
|
|
|
1036 case K_X1DRAG:
|
|
|
1037 case K_X1RELEASE:
|
|
|
1038 case K_X2MOUSE:
|
|
|
1039 case K_X2DRAG:
|
|
|
1040 case K_X2RELEASE:
|
|
|
1041 ins_mouse(c);
|
|
|
1042 break;
|
|
|
1043
|
|
449
|
1044 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */
|
|
7
|
1045 ins_mousescroll(FALSE);
|
|
|
1046 break;
|
|
|
1047
|
|
449
|
1048 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */
|
|
7
|
1049 ins_mousescroll(TRUE);
|
|
|
1050 break;
|
|
|
1051 #endif
|
|
692
|
1052 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
|
|
|
1053 case K_TABLINE:
|
|
|
1054 case K_TABMENU:
|
|
|
1055 ins_tabline(c);
|
|
|
1056 break;
|
|
|
1057 #endif
|
|
7
|
1058
|
|
449
|
1059 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */
|
|
7
|
1060 break;
|
|
|
1061
|
|
661
|
1062 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
1063 case K_CURSORHOLD: /* Didn't type something for a while. */
|
|
|
1064 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORHOLDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
1065 did_cursorhold = TRUE;
|
|
|
1066 break;
|
|
|
1067 #endif
|
|
|
1068
|
|
625
|
1069 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32
|
|
|
1070 /* On Win32 ignore <M-F4>, we get it when closing the window was
|
|
|
1071 * cancelled. */
|
|
|
1072 case K_F4:
|
|
|
1073 if (mod_mask != MOD_MASK_ALT)
|
|
|
1074 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1075 break;
|
|
|
1076 #endif
|
|
|
1077
|
|
7
|
1078 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
1079 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
|
1080 ins_scroll();
|
|
|
1081 break;
|
|
|
1082
|
|
|
1083 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
|
1084 ins_horscroll();
|
|
|
1085 break;
|
|
|
1086 #endif
|
|
|
1087
|
|
449
|
1088 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */
|
|
7
|
1089 case K_KHOME:
|
|
|
1090 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
|
1091 case K_C_HOME:
|
|
|
1092 ins_home(c);
|
|
|
1093 break;
|
|
|
1094
|
|
449
|
1095 case K_END: /* <End> */
|
|
7
|
1096 case K_KEND:
|
|
|
1097 case K_S_END:
|
|
|
1098 case K_C_END:
|
|
|
1099 ins_end(c);
|
|
|
1100 break;
|
|
|
1101
|
|
449
|
1102 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */
|
|
180
|
1103 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
1104 ins_s_left();
|
|
|
1105 else
|
|
|
1106 ins_left();
|
|
7
|
1107 break;
|
|
|
1108
|
|
449
|
1109 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */
|
|
7
|
1110 case K_C_LEFT:
|
|
|
1111 ins_s_left();
|
|
|
1112 break;
|
|
|
1113
|
|
449
|
1114 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */
|
|
180
|
1115 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
1116 ins_s_right();
|
|
|
1117 else
|
|
|
1118 ins_right();
|
|
7
|
1119 break;
|
|
|
1120
|
|
449
|
1121 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */
|
|
7
|
1122 case K_C_RIGHT:
|
|
|
1123 ins_s_right();
|
|
|
1124 break;
|
|
|
1125
|
|
449
|
1126 case K_UP: /* <Up> */
|
|
665
|
1127 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1128 if (pum_visible())
|
|
|
1129 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1130 #endif
|
|
180
|
1131 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
1132 ins_pageup();
|
|
|
1133 else
|
|
|
1134 ins_up(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1135 break;
|
|
|
1136
|
|
449
|
1137 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */
|
|
7
|
1138 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
1139 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
613
|
1140 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
610
|
1141 if (pum_visible())
|
|
|
1142 goto docomplete;
|
|
613
|
1143 #endif
|
|
7
|
1144 ins_pageup();
|
|
|
1145 break;
|
|
|
1146
|
|
449
|
1147 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */
|
|
665
|
1148 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1149 if (pum_visible())
|
|
|
1150 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1151 #endif
|
|
180
|
1152 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
1153 ins_pagedown();
|
|
|
1154 else
|
|
|
1155 ins_down(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1156 break;
|
|
|
1157
|
|
449
|
1158 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */
|
|
7
|
1159 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
1160 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
613
|
1161 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
610
|
1162 if (pum_visible())
|
|
|
1163 goto docomplete;
|
|
613
|
1164 #endif
|
|
7
|
1165 ins_pagedown();
|
|
|
1166 break;
|
|
|
1167
|
|
|
1168 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
449
|
1169 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */
|
|
7
|
1170 ins_drop();
|
|
|
1171 break;
|
|
|
1172 #endif
|
|
|
1173
|
|
449
|
1174 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */
|
|
7
|
1175 c = TAB;
|
|
|
1176 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1177
|
|
449
|
1178 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */
|
|
7
|
1179 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
|
1180 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
|
1181 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1182 #endif
|
|
|
1183 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1184 if (ins_tab())
|
|
|
1185 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */
|
|
|
1186 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1187 break;
|
|
|
1188
|
|
449
|
1189 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */
|
|
7
|
1190 c = CAR;
|
|
|
1191 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1192 case CAR:
|
|
|
1193 case NL:
|
|
|
1194 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)
|
|
|
1195 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the
|
|
|
1196 * cursor. */
|
|
|
1197 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR)
|
|
|
1198 {
|
|
644
|
1199 if (curwin->w_llist_ref == NULL) /* quickfix window */
|
|
|
1200 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc");
|
|
|
1201 else /* location list window */
|
|
|
1202 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".ll");
|
|
7
|
1203 break;
|
|
|
1204 }
|
|
|
1205 #endif
|
|
|
1206 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
1207 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
1208 {
|
|
|
1209 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */
|
|
|
1210 cmdwin_result = CAR;
|
|
|
1211 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
1212 }
|
|
|
1213 #endif
|
|
|
1214 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im)
|
|
|
1215 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */
|
|
|
1216 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1217 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1218 break;
|
|
|
1219
|
|
|
1220 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined (FEAT_INS_EXPAND)
|
|
449
|
1221 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */
|
|
7
|
1222 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1223 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY)
|
|
|
1224 {
|
|
449
|
1225 if (has_compl_option(TRUE))
|
|
|
1226 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1227 break;
|
|
7
|
1228 }
|
|
|
1229 # endif
|
|
|
1230 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
1231 c = ins_digraph();
|
|
|
1232 if (c == NUL)
|
|
|
1233 break;
|
|
|
1234 # endif
|
|
|
1235 goto normalchar;
|
|
449
|
1236 #endif
|
|
7
|
1237
|
|
|
1238 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
464
|
1239 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
1240 ins_ctrl_x();
|
|
|
1241 break;
|
|
|
1242
|
|
449
|
1243 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1244 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS)
|
|
|
1245 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1246 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1247
|
|
449
|
1248 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1249 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
|
1250 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1251 goto docomplete;
|
|
477
|
1252
|
|
|
1253 case 's': /* Spelling completion after ^X */
|
|
|
1254 case Ctrl_S:
|
|
|
1255 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL)
|
|
|
1256 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1257 goto docomplete;
|
|
7
|
1258 #endif
|
|
|
1259
|
|
449
|
1260 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1261 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1262 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
1263 #endif
|
|
|
1264 {
|
|
|
1265 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */
|
|
|
1266 if (p_im)
|
|
|
1267 {
|
|
|
1268 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
1269 break;
|
|
|
1270 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
1271 }
|
|
|
1272 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1273 }
|
|
|
1274 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1275 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1276
|
|
449
|
1277 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */
|
|
7
|
1278 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
|
1279 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special,
|
|
|
1280 * but it is under other ^X modes */
|
|
|
1281 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL
|
|
|
1282 && ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
449
|
1283 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL))
|
|
7
|
1284 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1285
|
|
|
1286 docomplete:
|
|
|
1287 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL)
|
|
449
|
1288 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
1289 break;
|
|
|
1290 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
1291
|
|
449
|
1292 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */
|
|
|
1293 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */
|
|
|
1294 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c);
|
|
7
|
1295 break;
|
|
|
1296
|
|
|
1297 default:
|
|
|
1298 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
1299 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */
|
|
|
1300 goto do_intr;
|
|
|
1301 #endif
|
|
|
1302
|
|
|
1303 /*
|
|
|
1304 * Insert a nomal character.
|
|
|
1305 */
|
|
|
1306 normalchar:
|
|
|
1307 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1308 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */
|
|
|
1309 ins_try_si(c);
|
|
|
1310 #endif
|
|
|
1311
|
|
|
1312 if (c == ' ')
|
|
|
1313 {
|
|
|
1314 inserted_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
1315 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1316 if (inindent(0))
|
|
|
1317 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
1318 #endif
|
|
|
1319 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL
|
|
|
1320 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
|
1321 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
1322 }
|
|
|
1323
|
|
|
1324 if (vim_iswordc(c) || !echeck_abbr(
|
|
|
1325 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1326 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is
|
|
|
1327 * what check_abbr() expects. */
|
|
|
1328 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) :
|
|
|
1329 #endif
|
|
|
1330 c))
|
|
|
1331 {
|
|
|
1332 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1333 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1334 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1335 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1336 #endif
|
|
|
1337 }
|
|
|
1338
|
|
|
1339 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1340
|
|
|
1341 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
1342 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a
|
|
|
1343 * closed fold. */
|
|
|
1344 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
1345 #endif
|
|
|
1346 break;
|
|
|
1347 } /* end of switch (c) */
|
|
|
1348
|
|
|
1349 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */
|
|
|
1350 if (arrow_used)
|
|
|
1351 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1352
|
|
|
1353 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1354 if (can_cindent && cindent_on()
|
|
|
1355 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1356 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
|
1357 # endif
|
|
|
1358 )
|
|
|
1359 {
|
|
|
1360 force_cindent:
|
|
|
1361 /*
|
|
|
1362 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
1363 */
|
|
|
1364 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white))
|
|
|
1365 {
|
|
|
1366 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
1367 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
|
1368 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
1369 }
|
|
|
1370 }
|
|
|
1371 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
1372
|
|
|
1373 } /* for (;;) */
|
|
|
1374 /* NOTREACHED */
|
|
|
1375 }
|
|
|
1376
|
|
|
1377 /*
|
|
|
1378 * Redraw for Insert mode.
|
|
|
1379 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo'
|
|
|
1380 * option work correctly.
|
|
|
1381 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up
|
|
|
1382 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R).
|
|
|
1383 */
|
|
661
|
1384 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
7
|
1385 static void
|
|
661
|
1386 ins_redraw(ready)
|
|
|
1387 int ready; /* not busy with something */
|
|
7
|
1388 {
|
|
|
1389 if (!char_avail())
|
|
|
1390 {
|
|
661
|
1391 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
694
|
1392 /* Trigger CursorMoved if the cursor moved. */
|
|
661
|
1393 if (ready && has_cursormovedI()
|
|
|
1394 && !equalpos(last_cursormoved, curwin->w_cursor))
|
|
|
1395 {
|
|
|
1396 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORMOVEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
1397 last_cursormoved = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
1398 }
|
|
|
1399 #endif
|
|
7
|
1400 if (must_redraw)
|
|
|
1401 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
1402 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline)
|
|
|
1403 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */
|
|
|
1404 showruler(FALSE);
|
|
|
1405 setcursor();
|
|
|
1406 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */
|
|
|
1407 }
|
|
|
1408 }
|
|
|
1409
|
|
|
1410 /*
|
|
|
1411 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1412 */
|
|
|
1413 static void
|
|
|
1414 ins_ctrl_v()
|
|
|
1415 {
|
|
|
1416 int c;
|
|
|
1417
|
|
|
1418 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
661
|
1419 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1420
|
|
|
1421 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
1422 edit_putchar('^', TRUE);
|
|
|
1423 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
|
1424
|
|
|
1425 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
1426 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V);
|
|
|
1427 #endif
|
|
|
1428
|
|
|
1429 c = get_literal();
|
|
|
1430 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
1431 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
1432 #endif
|
|
|
1433 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1434 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1435 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1436 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1437 #endif
|
|
|
1438 }
|
|
|
1439
|
|
|
1440 /*
|
|
|
1441 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer.
|
|
|
1442 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1443 */
|
|
|
1444 static int pc_status;
|
|
|
1445 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */
|
|
|
1446 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */
|
|
|
1447 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */
|
|
|
1448 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */
|
|
|
1449 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1450 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
|
1451 #else
|
|
|
1452 static char_u pc_bytes[2]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
|
1453 #endif
|
|
|
1454 static int pc_attr;
|
|
|
1455 static int pc_row;
|
|
|
1456 static int pc_col;
|
|
|
1457
|
|
|
1458 void
|
|
|
1459 edit_putchar(c, highlight)
|
|
|
1460 int c;
|
|
|
1461 int highlight;
|
|
|
1462 {
|
|
|
1463 int attr;
|
|
|
1464
|
|
|
1465 if (ScreenLines != NULL)
|
|
|
1466 {
|
|
|
1467 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */
|
|
|
1468 validate_cursor();
|
|
|
1469 if (highlight)
|
|
|
1470 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
|
|
|
1471 else
|
|
|
1472 attr = 0;
|
|
|
1473 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow;
|
|
|
1474 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin);
|
|
|
1475 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1476 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
1477 #endif
|
|
|
1478 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1479 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
|
1480 {
|
|
|
1481 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1482 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1483 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1484 {
|
|
|
1485 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row);
|
|
|
1486
|
|
|
1487 if (fix_col != pc_col)
|
|
|
1488 {
|
|
|
1489 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr);
|
|
|
1490 --curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1491 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT;
|
|
|
1492 }
|
|
|
1493 }
|
|
|
1494 # endif
|
|
|
1495 }
|
|
|
1496 else
|
|
|
1497 #endif
|
|
|
1498 {
|
|
|
1499 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1500 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1501 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col))
|
|
|
1502 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT;
|
|
|
1503 #endif
|
|
|
1504 }
|
|
|
1505
|
|
|
1506 /* save the character to be able to put it back */
|
|
|
1507 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1508 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET)
|
|
|
1509 #endif
|
|
|
1510 {
|
|
|
1511 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr);
|
|
|
1512 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET;
|
|
|
1513 }
|
|
|
1514 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr);
|
|
|
1515 }
|
|
|
1516 }
|
|
|
1517
|
|
|
1518 /*
|
|
|
1519 * Undo the previous edit_putchar().
|
|
|
1520 */
|
|
|
1521 void
|
|
|
1522 edit_unputchar()
|
|
|
1523 {
|
|
|
1524 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled)
|
|
|
1525 {
|
|
|
1526 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1527 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT)
|
|
|
1528 ++curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1529 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT)
|
|
|
1530 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1531 else
|
|
|
1532 #endif
|
|
|
1533 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr);
|
|
|
1534 }
|
|
|
1535 }
|
|
|
1536
|
|
|
1537 /*
|
|
|
1538 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text
|
|
|
1539 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes.
|
|
|
1540 */
|
|
|
1541 void
|
|
|
1542 display_dollar(col)
|
|
|
1543 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
1544 {
|
|
|
1545 colnr_T save_col;
|
|
|
1546
|
|
|
1547 if (!redrawing())
|
|
|
1548 return;
|
|
|
1549
|
|
|
1550 cursor_off();
|
|
|
1551 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1552 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
1553 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1554 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1555 {
|
|
|
1556 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1557
|
|
|
1558 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */
|
|
|
1559 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1560 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col);
|
|
|
1561 }
|
|
|
1562 #endif
|
|
|
1563 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */
|
|
|
1564 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin))
|
|
|
1565 {
|
|
|
1566 edit_putchar('$', FALSE);
|
|
|
1567 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
1568 }
|
|
|
1569 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col;
|
|
|
1570 }
|
|
|
1571
|
|
|
1572 /*
|
|
|
1573 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position
|
|
|
1574 * in insert mode.
|
|
|
1575 */
|
|
|
1576 static void
|
|
|
1577 undisplay_dollar()
|
|
|
1578 {
|
|
|
1579 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
|
1580 {
|
|
|
1581 dollar_vcol = 0;
|
|
|
1582 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1583 }
|
|
|
1584 }
|
|
|
1585
|
|
|
1586 /*
|
|
|
1587 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D).
|
|
|
1588 * Keep the cursor on the same character.
|
|
|
1589 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>)
|
|
|
1590 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D)
|
|
|
1591 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount"
|
|
|
1592 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec).
|
|
|
1593 */
|
|
|
1594 void
|
|
|
1595 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced)
|
|
|
1596 int type;
|
|
|
1597 int amount;
|
|
|
1598 int round;
|
|
|
1599 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */
|
|
|
1600 {
|
|
|
1601 int vcol;
|
|
|
1602 int last_vcol;
|
|
|
1603 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */
|
|
|
1604 int new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1605 int i;
|
|
|
1606 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
1607 int save_p_list;
|
|
|
1608 int start_col;
|
|
|
1609 colnr_T vc;
|
|
|
1610 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1611 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1612 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1613
|
|
|
1614 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */
|
|
|
1615 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1616 {
|
|
|
1617 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */
|
|
|
1618 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1619 }
|
|
|
1620 #endif
|
|
|
1621
|
|
|
1622 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */
|
|
|
1623 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
1624 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
1625 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
1626 vcol = vc;
|
|
|
1627
|
|
|
1628 /*
|
|
|
1629 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only
|
|
|
1630 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of
|
|
|
1631 * characters before the cursor if it's possible.
|
|
|
1632 */
|
|
|
1633 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1634
|
|
|
1635 /* determine offset from first non-blank */
|
|
|
1636 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1637 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
|
1638 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1639
|
|
|
1640 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1641
|
|
|
1642 /*
|
|
|
1643 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the
|
|
|
1644 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1645 */
|
|
|
1646 if (new_cursor_col < 0)
|
|
|
1647 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
|
1648
|
|
|
1649 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */
|
|
|
1650 start_col = -1;
|
|
|
1651
|
|
|
1652 /*
|
|
|
1653 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1654 */
|
|
|
1655 if (type == INDENT_SET)
|
|
|
1656 (void)set_indent(amount, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
1657 else
|
|
|
1658 {
|
|
|
1659 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1660 int save_State = State;
|
|
|
1661
|
|
|
1662 /* Avoid being called recursively. */
|
|
|
1663 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1664 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
1665 #endif
|
|
|
1666 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1);
|
|
|
1667 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1668 State = save_State;
|
|
|
1669 #endif
|
|
|
1670 }
|
|
|
1671 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1672
|
|
|
1673 /*
|
|
|
1674 * Try to put cursor on same character.
|
|
|
1675 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line,
|
|
|
1676 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first
|
|
|
1677 * non-blank character.
|
|
|
1678 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1679 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative
|
|
|
1680 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns.
|
|
|
1681 */
|
|
|
1682 if (new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1683 {
|
|
|
1684 /*
|
|
|
1685 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset
|
|
|
1686 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
|
1687 */
|
|
|
1688 if (new_cursor_col == 0)
|
|
|
1689 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1690 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1691 }
|
|
|
1692 else if (!(State & INSERT))
|
|
|
1693 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1694 else
|
|
|
1695 {
|
|
|
1696 /*
|
|
|
1697 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be.
|
|
|
1698 */
|
|
|
1699 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
|
1700 curwin->w_virtcol = (vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol;
|
|
|
1701
|
|
|
1702 /*
|
|
|
1703 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column.
|
|
|
1704 */
|
|
|
1705 vcol = last_vcol = 0;
|
|
|
1706 new_cursor_col = -1;
|
|
|
1707 ptr = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1708 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
1709 {
|
|
|
1710 last_vcol = vcol;
|
|
|
1711 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1712 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
474
|
1713 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col);
|
|
7
|
1714 else
|
|
|
1715 #endif
|
|
|
1716 ++new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1717 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol);
|
|
|
1718 }
|
|
|
1719 vcol = last_vcol;
|
|
|
1720
|
|
|
1721 /*
|
|
|
1722 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on
|
|
|
1723 * the right screen column.
|
|
|
1724 */
|
|
|
1725 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
1726 {
|
|
|
1727 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1728 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol;
|
|
|
1729 ptr = alloc(i + 1);
|
|
|
1730 if (ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
1731 {
|
|
|
1732 new_cursor_col += i;
|
|
|
1733 ptr[i] = NUL;
|
|
|
1734 while (--i >= 0)
|
|
|
1735 ptr[i] = ' ';
|
|
|
1736 ins_str(ptr);
|
|
|
1737 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
1738 }
|
|
|
1739 }
|
|
|
1740
|
|
|
1741 /*
|
|
|
1742 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset
|
|
|
1743 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
|
1744 */
|
|
|
1745 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1746 }
|
|
|
1747
|
|
|
1748 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list;
|
|
|
1749
|
|
|
1750 if (new_cursor_col <= 0)
|
|
|
1751 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
1752 else
|
|
|
1753 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1754 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
1755 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
1756
|
|
|
1757 /*
|
|
|
1758 * May have to adjust the start of the insert.
|
|
|
1759 */
|
|
|
1760 if (State & INSERT)
|
|
|
1761 {
|
|
|
1762 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0)
|
|
|
1763 {
|
|
|
1764 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less)
|
|
|
1765 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
|
1766 else
|
|
|
1767 Insstart.col -= insstart_less;
|
|
|
1768 }
|
|
|
1769 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less)
|
|
|
1770 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
1771 else
|
|
|
1772 ai_col -= insstart_less;
|
|
|
1773 }
|
|
|
1774
|
|
|
1775 /*
|
|
|
1776 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible.
|
|
|
1777 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a
|
|
|
1778 * few characters from the replace stack.
|
|
|
1779 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a
|
|
|
1780 * few NULs onto the replace stack.
|
|
|
1781 */
|
|
|
1782 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1783 {
|
|
|
1784 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
1785 {
|
|
|
1786 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
|
1787 --start_col;
|
|
|
1788 }
|
|
|
1789 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced)
|
|
|
1790 {
|
|
|
1791 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
1792 if (replaced)
|
|
|
1793 {
|
|
|
1794 replace_push(replaced);
|
|
|
1795 replaced = NUL;
|
|
|
1796 }
|
|
|
1797 ++start_col;
|
|
|
1798 }
|
|
|
1799 }
|
|
|
1800
|
|
|
1801 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1802 /*
|
|
|
1803 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case
|
|
|
1804 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then
|
|
|
1805 * put it back again the way we wanted it.
|
|
|
1806 */
|
|
|
1807 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1808 {
|
|
|
1809 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job,
|
|
|
1810 * even if you can't backspace. */
|
|
|
1811 if (orig_line == NULL)
|
|
|
1812 return;
|
|
|
1813
|
|
|
1814 /* Save new line */
|
|
|
1815 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
1816 if (new_line == NULL)
|
|
|
1817 return;
|
|
|
1818
|
|
|
1819 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */
|
|
|
1820 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
|
|
|
1821
|
|
|
1822 /* Put back original line */
|
|
|
1823 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE);
|
|
|
1824 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
|
1825
|
|
|
1826 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */
|
|
|
1827 backspace_until_column(0);
|
|
|
1828
|
|
|
1829 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
|
|
|
1830 ins_bytes(new_line);
|
|
|
1831
|
|
|
1832 vim_free(new_line);
|
|
|
1833 }
|
|
|
1834 #endif
|
|
|
1835 }
|
|
|
1836
|
|
|
1837 /*
|
|
|
1838 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an
|
|
|
1839 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
|
1840 * modes.
|
|
|
1841 */
|
|
|
1842 void
|
|
|
1843 truncate_spaces(line)
|
|
|
1844 char_u *line;
|
|
|
1845 {
|
|
|
1846 int i;
|
|
|
1847
|
|
|
1848 /* find start of trailing white space */
|
|
|
1849 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--)
|
|
|
1850 {
|
|
|
1851 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1852 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
|
1853 }
|
|
|
1854 line[i + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
1855 }
|
|
|
1856
|
|
|
1857 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
|
|
|
1858 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1859 /*
|
|
|
1860 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
|
1861 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all.
|
|
|
1862 */
|
|
|
1863 void
|
|
|
1864 backspace_until_column(col)
|
|
|
1865 int col;
|
|
|
1866 {
|
|
|
1867 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col)
|
|
|
1868 {
|
|
|
1869 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
|
1870 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1871 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
1872 else
|
|
|
1873 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
1874 }
|
|
|
1875 }
|
|
|
1876 #endif
|
|
|
1877
|
|
|
1878 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1879 /*
|
|
449
|
1880 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1881 */
|
|
|
1882 static void
|
|
|
1883 ins_ctrl_x()
|
|
|
1884 {
|
|
|
1885 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X
|
|
|
1886 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */
|
|
|
1887 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
1888 {
|
|
|
1889 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset
|
|
|
1890 * compl_cont_status */
|
|
|
1891 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS)
|
|
665
|
1892 compl_cont_status |= CONT_INTRPT;
|
|
449
|
1893 else
|
|
|
1894 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
1895 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */
|
|
|
1896 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
|
1897 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
|
1898 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
1899 showmode();
|
|
|
1900 }
|
|
|
1901 }
|
|
|
1902
|
|
|
1903 /*
|
|
|
1904 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used.
|
|
|
1905 */
|
|
|
1906 static int
|
|
|
1907 has_compl_option(dict_opt)
|
|
|
1908 int dict_opt;
|
|
|
1909 {
|
|
703
|
1910 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL
|
|
|
1911 && !curwin->w_p_spell)
|
|
449
|
1912 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL))
|
|
|
1913 {
|
|
|
1914 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
1915 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
1916 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty")
|
|
|
1917 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"),
|
|
|
1918 hl_attr(HLF_E));
|
|
|
1919 if (emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
|
1920 {
|
|
|
1921 vim_beep();
|
|
|
1922 setcursor();
|
|
|
1923 out_flush();
|
|
|
1924 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE);
|
|
|
1925 }
|
|
|
1926 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1927 }
|
|
|
1928 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1929 }
|
|
|
1930
|
|
|
1931 /*
|
|
7
|
1932 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode?
|
|
|
1933 * This depends on the current mode.
|
|
|
1934 */
|
|
|
1935 int
|
|
|
1936 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)
|
|
|
1937 int c;
|
|
|
1938 {
|
|
|
1939 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */
|
|
|
1940 if (c == Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
1941 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1942
|
|
610
|
1943 /* Accept <PageUp> and <PageDown> if the popup menu is visible. */
|
|
644
|
1944 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c))
|
|
610
|
1945 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1946
|
|
7
|
1947 switch (ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
|
1948 {
|
|
|
1949 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
1950 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
|
1951 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET:
|
|
449
|
1952 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E
|
|
7
|
1953 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB
|
|
|
1954 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P
|
|
|
1955 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V
|
|
477
|
1956 || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O
|
|
|
1957 || c == Ctrl_S || c == 's');
|
|
7
|
1958 case CTRL_X_SCROLL:
|
|
|
1959 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E);
|
|
|
1960 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE:
|
|
|
1961 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1962 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
|
1963 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1964 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
|
1965 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1966 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
|
1967 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1968 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
|
1969 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1970 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
1971 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
|
1972 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1973 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
|
1974 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1975 #endif
|
|
|
1976 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
|
1977 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N
|
|
|
1978 || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
12
|
1979 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
1980 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
|
449
|
1981 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
523
|
1982 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
|
|
449
|
1983 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
502
|
1984 #endif
|
|
477
|
1985 case CTRL_X_SPELL:
|
|
|
1986 return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
7
|
1987 }
|
|
|
1988 EMSG(_(e_internal));
|
|
|
1989 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1990 }
|
|
|
1991
|
|
|
1992 /*
|
|
659
|
1993 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if 'ic' and 'inf' are set, then the
|
|
7
|
1994 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed
|
|
|
1995 * text is infered, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted
|
|
|
1996 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb
|
|
449
|
1997 * TODO: make this work for multi-byte characters.
|
|
7
|
1998 */
|
|
|
1999 int
|
|
681
|
2000 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, icase, fname, dir, flags)
|
|
7
|
2001 char_u *str;
|
|
|
2002 int len;
|
|
681
|
2003 int icase;
|
|
7
|
2004 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
2005 int dir;
|
|
464
|
2006 int flags;
|
|
7
|
2007 {
|
|
|
2008 int has_lower = FALSE;
|
|
|
2009 int was_letter = FALSE;
|
|
|
2010 int idx;
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2012 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len < IOSIZE)
|
|
|
2013 {
|
|
|
2014 /* Infer case of completed part -- webb */
|
|
|
2015 /* Use IObuff, str would change text in buffer! */
|
|
419
|
2016 vim_strncpy(IObuff, str, len);
|
|
7
|
2017
|
|
|
2018 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */
|
|
449
|
2019 for (idx = 0; idx < compl_length; ++idx)
|
|
|
2020 {
|
|
|
2021 if (islower(compl_orig_text[idx]))
|
|
7
|
2022 {
|
|
|
2023 has_lower = TRUE;
|
|
|
2024 if (isupper(IObuff[idx]))
|
|
|
2025 {
|
|
|
2026 /* Rule 1 is satisfied */
|
|
449
|
2027 for (idx = compl_length; idx < len; ++idx)
|
|
7
|
2028 IObuff[idx] = TOLOWER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
|
|
|
2029 break;
|
|
|
2030 }
|
|
|
2031 }
|
|
|
2032 }
|
|
|
2033
|
|
|
2034 /*
|
|
|
2035 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to
|
|
|
2036 * upper case.
|
|
|
2037 */
|
|
|
2038 if (!has_lower)
|
|
|
2039 {
|
|
449
|
2040 for (idx = 0; idx < compl_length; ++idx)
|
|
7
|
2041 {
|
|
449
|
2042 if (was_letter && isupper(compl_orig_text[idx])
|
|
7
|
2043 && islower(IObuff[idx]))
|
|
|
2044 {
|
|
|
2045 /* Rule 2 is satisfied */
|
|
449
|
2046 for (idx = compl_length; idx < len; ++idx)
|
|
7
|
2047 IObuff[idx] = TOUPPER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
|
|
|
2048 break;
|
|
|
2049 }
|
|
449
|
2050 was_letter = isalpha(compl_orig_text[idx]);
|
|
7
|
2051 }
|
|
|
2052 }
|
|
|
2053
|
|
|
2054 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed */
|
|
449
|
2055 STRNCPY(IObuff, compl_orig_text, compl_length);
|
|
7
|
2056
|
|
681
|
2057 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, flags);
|
|
|
2058 }
|
|
|
2059 return ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, flags);
|
|
7
|
2060 }
|
|
|
2061
|
|
|
2062 /*
|
|
|
2063 * Add a match to the list of matches.
|
|
|
2064 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
|
|
464
|
2065 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
|
|
681
|
2066 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned.
|
|
7
|
2067 */
|
|
464
|
2068 int
|
|
681
|
2069 ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, extra, cdir, flags)
|
|
7
|
2070 char_u *str;
|
|
|
2071 int len;
|
|
681
|
2072 int icase;
|
|
7
|
2073 char_u *fname;
|
|
659
|
2074 char_u *extra; /* extra text for popup menu or NULL */
|
|
|
2075 int cdir;
|
|
464
|
2076 int flags;
|
|
7
|
2077 {
|
|
464
|
2078 compl_T *match;
|
|
659
|
2079 int dir = (cdir == 0 ? compl_direction : cdir);
|
|
7
|
2080
|
|
|
2081 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
|
2082 if (got_int)
|
|
464
|
2083 return FAIL;
|
|
7
|
2084 if (len < 0)
|
|
|
2085 len = (int)STRLEN(str);
|
|
|
2086
|
|
|
2087 /*
|
|
|
2088 * If the same match is already present, don't add it.
|
|
|
2089 */
|
|
449
|
2090 if (compl_first_match != NULL)
|
|
|
2091 {
|
|
|
2092 match = compl_first_match;
|
|
7
|
2093 do
|
|
|
2094 {
|
|
464
|
2095 if ( !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
681
|
2096 && ins_compl_equal(match, str, len)
|
|
464
|
2097 && match->cp_str[len] == NUL)
|
|
|
2098 return NOTDONE;
|
|
|
2099 match = match->cp_next;
|
|
449
|
2100 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match);
|
|
7
|
2101 }
|
|
|
2102
|
|
540
|
2103 /* Remove any popup menu before changing the list of matches. */
|
|
|
2104 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2105
|
|
7
|
2106 /*
|
|
|
2107 * Allocate a new match structure.
|
|
|
2108 * Copy the values to the new match structure.
|
|
|
2109 */
|
|
659
|
2110 match = (compl_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T));
|
|
7
|
2111 if (match == NULL)
|
|
464
|
2112 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2113 match->cp_number = -1;
|
|
|
2114 if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
2115 match->cp_number = 0;
|
|
694
|
2116 if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL)
|
|
7
|
2117 {
|
|
|
2118 vim_free(match);
|
|
464
|
2119 return FAIL;
|
|
7
|
2120 }
|
|
681
|
2121 match->cp_icase = icase;
|
|
659
|
2122
|
|
7
|
2123 /* match-fname is:
|
|
464
|
2124 * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname.
|
|
7
|
2125 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem.
|
|
|
2126 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */
|
|
659
|
2127 if (fname != NULL
|
|
|
2128 && compl_curr_match
|
|
|
2129 && compl_curr_match->cp_fname != NULL
|
|
|
2130 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0)
|
|
464
|
2131 match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname;
|
|
659
|
2132 else if (fname != NULL)
|
|
|
2133 {
|
|
|
2134 match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname);
|
|
464
|
2135 flags |= FREE_FNAME;
|
|
659
|
2136 }
|
|
7
|
2137 else
|
|
464
|
2138 match->cp_fname = NULL;
|
|
|
2139 match->cp_flags = flags;
|
|
659
|
2140 if (extra != NULL)
|
|
|
2141 match->cp_extra = vim_strsave(extra);
|
|
7
|
2142
|
|
|
2143 /*
|
|
|
2144 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches.
|
|
|
2145 */
|
|
449
|
2146 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
|
|
464
|
2147 match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL;
|
|
7
|
2148 else if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
2149 {
|
|
464
|
2150 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
|
|
|
2151 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match;
|
|
7
|
2152 }
|
|
|
2153 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
|
2154 {
|
|
464
|
2155 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match;
|
|
|
2156 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev;
|
|
|
2157 }
|
|
|
2158 if (match->cp_next)
|
|
|
2159 match->cp_next->cp_prev = match;
|
|
|
2160 if (match->cp_prev)
|
|
|
2161 match->cp_prev->cp_next = match;
|
|
7
|
2162 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */
|
|
449
|
2163 compl_first_match = match;
|
|
|
2164 compl_curr_match = match;
|
|
7
|
2165
|
|
665
|
2166 /*
|
|
|
2167 * Find the longest common string if still doing that.
|
|
|
2168 */
|
|
|
2169 if (compl_get_longest && (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0)
|
|
|
2170 ins_compl_longest_match(match);
|
|
|
2171
|
|
7
|
2172 return OK;
|
|
|
2173 }
|
|
|
2174
|
|
|
2175 /*
|
|
681
|
2176 * Return TRUE if "str[len]" matches with match->cp_str, considering
|
|
|
2177 * match->cp_icase.
|
|
|
2178 */
|
|
|
2179 static int
|
|
|
2180 ins_compl_equal(match, str, len)
|
|
|
2181 compl_T *match;
|
|
|
2182 char_u *str;
|
|
|
2183 int len;
|
|
|
2184 {
|
|
|
2185 if (match->cp_icase)
|
|
|
2186 return STRNICMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0;
|
|
|
2187 return STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0;
|
|
|
2188 }
|
|
|
2189
|
|
|
2190 /*
|
|
665
|
2191 * Reduce the longest common string for match "match".
|
|
|
2192 */
|
|
|
2193 static void
|
|
|
2194 ins_compl_longest_match(match)
|
|
|
2195 compl_T *match;
|
|
|
2196 {
|
|
|
2197 char_u *p, *s;
|
|
681
|
2198 int c1, c2;
|
|
665
|
2199 int had_match;
|
|
|
2200
|
|
|
2201 if (compl_leader == NULL)
|
|
|
2202 /* First match, use it as a whole. */
|
|
|
2203 compl_leader = vim_strsave(match->cp_str);
|
|
|
2204 else
|
|
|
2205 {
|
|
|
2206 /* Reduce the text if this match differs from compl_leader. */
|
|
681
|
2207 p = compl_leader;
|
|
|
2208 s = match->cp_str;
|
|
|
2209 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
665
|
2210 {
|
|
|
2211 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2212 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2213 {
|
|
681
|
2214 c1 = mb_ptr2char(p);
|
|
|
2215 c2 = mb_ptr2char(s);
|
|
665
|
2216 }
|
|
|
2217 else
|
|
|
2218 #endif
|
|
|
2219 {
|
|
681
|
2220 c1 = *p;
|
|
|
2221 c2 = *s;
|
|
|
2222 }
|
|
|
2223 if (match->cp_icase ? (MB_TOLOWER(c1) != MB_TOLOWER(c2))
|
|
|
2224 : (c1 != c2))
|
|
|
2225 break;
|
|
|
2226 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2227 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2228 {
|
|
|
2229 mb_ptr_adv(p);
|
|
|
2230 mb_ptr_adv(s);
|
|
|
2231 }
|
|
|
2232 else
|
|
|
2233 #endif
|
|
|
2234 {
|
|
|
2235 ++p;
|
|
|
2236 ++s;
|
|
665
|
2237 }
|
|
|
2238 }
|
|
|
2239
|
|
|
2240 if (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
2241 {
|
|
|
2242 /* Leader was shortened, need to change the inserted text. */
|
|
|
2243 *p = NUL;
|
|
|
2244 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col);
|
|
|
2245 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
2246 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
|
2247 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
|
2248
|
|
|
2249 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it
|
|
|
2250 * again after redrawing. */
|
|
|
2251 if (!had_match)
|
|
|
2252 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
2253 }
|
|
|
2254
|
|
|
2255 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
2256 }
|
|
|
2257 }
|
|
|
2258
|
|
|
2259 /*
|
|
7
|
2260 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches.
|
|
|
2261 * Frees matches[].
|
|
|
2262 */
|
|
|
2263 static void
|
|
681
|
2264 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, icase)
|
|
7
|
2265 int num_matches;
|
|
|
2266 char_u **matches;
|
|
681
|
2267 int icase;
|
|
7
|
2268 {
|
|
|
2269 int i;
|
|
|
2270 int add_r = OK;
|
|
659
|
2271 int dir = compl_direction;
|
|
7
|
2272
|
|
464
|
2273 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++)
|
|
681
|
2274 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, icase,
|
|
|
2275 NULL, NULL, dir, 0)) == OK)
|
|
7
|
2276 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
659
|
2277 dir = FORWARD;
|
|
7
|
2278 FreeWild(num_matches, matches);
|
|
|
2279 }
|
|
|
2280
|
|
|
2281 /* Make the completion list cyclic.
|
|
|
2282 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original).
|
|
|
2283 */
|
|
|
2284 static int
|
|
|
2285 ins_compl_make_cyclic()
|
|
|
2286 {
|
|
464
|
2287 compl_T *match;
|
|
7
|
2288 int count = 0;
|
|
|
2289
|
|
449
|
2290 if (compl_first_match != NULL)
|
|
7
|
2291 {
|
|
|
2292 /*
|
|
|
2293 * Find the end of the list.
|
|
|
2294 */
|
|
449
|
2295 match = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2296 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */
|
|
464
|
2297 while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match)
|
|
|
2298 {
|
|
|
2299 match = match->cp_next;
|
|
7
|
2300 ++count;
|
|
|
2301 }
|
|
464
|
2302 match->cp_next = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2303 compl_first_match->cp_prev = match;
|
|
7
|
2304 }
|
|
|
2305 return count;
|
|
|
2306 }
|
|
|
2307
|
|
574
|
2308 /* "compl_match_array" points the currently displayed list of entries in the
|
|
|
2309 * popup menu. It is NULL when there is no popup menu. */
|
|
659
|
2310 static pumitem_T *compl_match_array = NULL;
|
|
540
|
2311 static int compl_match_arraysize;
|
|
|
2312
|
|
|
2313 /*
|
|
|
2314 * Update the screen and when there is any scrolling remove the popup menu.
|
|
|
2315 */
|
|
|
2316 static void
|
|
|
2317 ins_compl_upd_pum()
|
|
|
2318 {
|
|
|
2319 int h;
|
|
|
2320
|
|
|
2321 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2322 {
|
|
|
2323 h = curwin->w_cline_height;
|
|
|
2324 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
2325 if (h != curwin->w_cline_height)
|
|
|
2326 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2327 }
|
|
|
2328 }
|
|
|
2329
|
|
|
2330 /*
|
|
|
2331 * Remove any popup menu.
|
|
|
2332 */
|
|
|
2333 static void
|
|
|
2334 ins_compl_del_pum()
|
|
|
2335 {
|
|
|
2336 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2337 {
|
|
|
2338 pum_undisplay();
|
|
|
2339 vim_free(compl_match_array);
|
|
|
2340 compl_match_array = NULL;
|
|
|
2341 }
|
|
|
2342 }
|
|
|
2343
|
|
|
2344 /*
|
|
|
2345 * Return TRUE if the popup menu should be displayed.
|
|
|
2346 */
|
|
|
2347 static int
|
|
|
2348 pum_wanted()
|
|
|
2349 {
|
|
707
|
2350 /* 'completeopt' must contain "menu" or "menuone" */
|
|
665
|
2351 if (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'm') == NULL)
|
|
540
|
2352 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2353
|
|
|
2354 /* The display looks bad on a B&W display. */
|
|
|
2355 if (t_colors < 8
|
|
|
2356 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
2357 && !gui.in_use
|
|
|
2358 #endif
|
|
|
2359 )
|
|
|
2360 return FALSE;
|
|
657
|
2361 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2362 }
|
|
|
2363
|
|
|
2364 /*
|
|
|
2365 * Return TRUE if there are two or more matches to be shown in the popup menu.
|
|
707
|
2366 * One if 'completopt' contains "menuone".
|
|
657
|
2367 */
|
|
|
2368 static int
|
|
707
|
2369 pum_enough_matches()
|
|
657
|
2370 {
|
|
|
2371 compl_T *compl;
|
|
|
2372 int i;
|
|
540
|
2373
|
|
|
2374 /* Don't display the popup menu if there are no matches or there is only
|
|
|
2375 * one (ignoring the original text). */
|
|
|
2376 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2377 i = 0;
|
|
|
2378 do
|
|
|
2379 {
|
|
|
2380 if (compl == NULL
|
|
|
2381 || ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 && ++i == 2))
|
|
|
2382 break;
|
|
|
2383 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
|
2384 } while (compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
|
2385
|
|
707
|
2386 if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "menuone") != NULL)
|
|
|
2387 return (i >= 1);
|
|
540
|
2388 return (i >= 2);
|
|
|
2389 }
|
|
|
2390
|
|
|
2391 /*
|
|
|
2392 * Show the popup menu for the list of matches.
|
|
659
|
2393 * Also adjusts "compl_shown_match" to an entry that is actually displayed.
|
|
540
|
2394 */
|
|
648
|
2395 void
|
|
540
|
2396 ins_compl_show_pum()
|
|
|
2397 {
|
|
|
2398 compl_T *compl;
|
|
659
|
2399 compl_T *shown_compl = NULL;
|
|
|
2400 int did_find_shown_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
2401 int shown_match_ok = FALSE;
|
|
540
|
2402 int i;
|
|
|
2403 int cur = -1;
|
|
|
2404 colnr_T col;
|
|
657
|
2405 int lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
2406
|
|
707
|
2407 if (!pum_wanted() || !pum_enough_matches())
|
|
540
|
2408 return;
|
|
|
2409
|
|
|
2410 /* Update the screen before drawing the popup menu over it. */
|
|
|
2411 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
2412
|
|
|
2413 if (compl_match_array == NULL)
|
|
|
2414 {
|
|
|
2415 /* Need to build the popup menu list. */
|
|
|
2416 compl_match_arraysize = 0;
|
|
|
2417 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
657
|
2418 if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
|
2419 lead_len = STRLEN(compl_leader);
|
|
540
|
2420 do
|
|
|
2421 {
|
|
657
|
2422 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
|
|
|
2423 && (compl_leader == NULL
|
|
681
|
2424 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len)))
|
|
540
|
2425 ++compl_match_arraysize;
|
|
|
2426 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
|
2427 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
657
|
2428 if (compl_match_arraysize == 0)
|
|
|
2429 return;
|
|
659
|
2430 compl_match_array = (pumitem_T *)alloc_clear(
|
|
|
2431 (unsigned)(sizeof(pumitem_T)
|
|
540
|
2432 * compl_match_arraysize));
|
|
|
2433 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2434 {
|
|
|
2435 i = 0;
|
|
|
2436 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2437 do
|
|
|
2438 {
|
|
657
|
2439 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
|
|
|
2440 && (compl_leader == NULL
|
|
681
|
2441 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len)))
|
|
540
|
2442 {
|
|
659
|
2443 if (!shown_match_ok)
|
|
|
2444 {
|
|
|
2445 if (compl == compl_shown_match || did_find_shown_match)
|
|
|
2446 {
|
|
|
2447 /* This item is the shown match or this is the
|
|
|
2448 * first displayed item after the shown match. */
|
|
|
2449 compl_shown_match = compl;
|
|
|
2450 did_find_shown_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
2451 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
|
|
|
2452 }
|
|
|
2453 else
|
|
|
2454 /* Remember this displayed match for when the
|
|
|
2455 * shown match is just below it. */
|
|
|
2456 shown_compl = compl;
|
|
540
|
2457 cur = i;
|
|
659
|
2458 }
|
|
|
2459 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = compl->cp_str;
|
|
|
2460 if (compl->cp_extra != NULL)
|
|
|
2461 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_extra;
|
|
|
2462 else
|
|
|
2463 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_fname;
|
|
|
2464 }
|
|
|
2465
|
|
|
2466 if (compl == compl_shown_match)
|
|
|
2467 {
|
|
|
2468 did_find_shown_match = TRUE;
|
|
716
|
2469
|
|
|
2470 /* When the original text is the shown match don't set
|
|
|
2471 * compl_shown_match. */
|
|
|
2472 if (compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
2473 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
|
|
|
2474
|
|
659
|
2475 if (!shown_match_ok && shown_compl != NULL)
|
|
|
2476 {
|
|
|
2477 /* The shown match isn't displayed, set it to the
|
|
|
2478 * previously displayed match. */
|
|
|
2479 compl_shown_match = shown_compl;
|
|
|
2480 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
|
|
|
2481 }
|
|
540
|
2482 }
|
|
|
2483 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
|
2484 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
659
|
2485
|
|
|
2486 if (!shown_match_ok) /* no displayed match at all */
|
|
|
2487 cur = -1;
|
|
540
|
2488 }
|
|
|
2489 }
|
|
|
2490 else
|
|
|
2491 {
|
|
|
2492 /* popup menu already exists, only need to find the current item.*/
|
|
657
|
2493 for (i = 0; i < compl_match_arraysize; ++i)
|
|
659
|
2494 if (compl_match_array[i].pum_text == compl_shown_match->cp_str)
|
|
657
|
2495 break;
|
|
|
2496 cur = i;
|
|
540
|
2497 }
|
|
|
2498
|
|
|
2499 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2500 {
|
|
|
2501 /* Compute the screen column of the start of the completed text.
|
|
|
2502 * Use the cursor to get all wrapping and other settings right. */
|
|
|
2503 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2504 curwin->w_cursor.col = compl_col;
|
|
|
2505 validate_cursor_col();
|
|
|
2506 pum_display(compl_match_array, compl_match_arraysize, cur,
|
|
|
2507 curwin->w_cline_row + W_WINROW(curwin),
|
|
|
2508 curwin->w_cline_height,
|
|
648
|
2509 curwin->w_wcol + W_WINCOL(curwin) - curwin->w_leftcol);
|
|
540
|
2510 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
2511 }
|
|
|
2512 }
|
|
|
2513
|
|
7
|
2514 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */
|
|
|
2515 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */
|
|
648
|
2516
|
|
7
|
2517 /*
|
|
703
|
2518 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern in the list of dictionary
|
|
|
2519 * files "dict_start" to the list of completions.
|
|
7
|
2520 */
|
|
|
2521 static void
|
|
703
|
2522 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict_start, pat, flags, thesaurus)
|
|
|
2523 char_u *dict_start;
|
|
7
|
2524 char_u *pat;
|
|
667
|
2525 int flags; /* DICT_FIRST and/or DICT_EXACT */
|
|
703
|
2526 int thesaurus; /* Thesaurus completion */
|
|
|
2527 {
|
|
|
2528 char_u *dict = dict_start;
|
|
7
|
2529 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2530 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
2531 regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
2532 char_u **files;
|
|
|
2533 int count;
|
|
|
2534 int i;
|
|
|
2535 int save_p_scs;
|
|
659
|
2536 int dir = compl_direction;
|
|
7
|
2537
|
|
703
|
2538 if (*dict == NUL)
|
|
|
2539 {
|
|
|
2540 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
2541 /* When 'dictionary' is empty and spell checking is enabled use
|
|
|
2542 * "spell". */
|
|
|
2543 if (!thesaurus && curwin->w_p_spell)
|
|
|
2544 dict = (char_u *)"spell";
|
|
|
2545 else
|
|
|
2546 #endif
|
|
|
2547 return;
|
|
|
2548 }
|
|
|
2549
|
|
7
|
2550 buf = alloc(LSIZE);
|
|
703
|
2551 if (buf == NULL)
|
|
|
2552 return;
|
|
|
2553
|
|
7
|
2554 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */
|
|
|
2555 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
|
2556 if (curbuf->b_p_inf)
|
|
|
2557 p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
667
|
2558
|
|
|
2559 /* When invoked to match whole lines for CTRL-X CTRL-L adjust the pattern
|
|
|
2560 * to only match at the start of a line. Otherwise just match the
|
|
|
2561 * pattern. */
|
|
|
2562 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
2563 {
|
|
|
2564 i = STRLEN(pat) + 8;
|
|
|
2565 ptr = alloc(i);
|
|
|
2566 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
2567 return;
|
|
|
2568 vim_snprintf((char *)ptr, i, "^\\s*\\zs%s", pat);
|
|
|
2569 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(ptr, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0);
|
|
|
2570 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
2571 }
|
|
|
2572 else
|
|
703
|
2573 {
|
|
667
|
2574 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0);
|
|
703
|
2575 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
|
|
|
2576 goto theend;
|
|
|
2577 }
|
|
667
|
2578
|
|
7
|
2579 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */
|
|
|
2580 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat);
|
|
703
|
2581 while (*dict != NUL && !got_int && !compl_interrupted)
|
|
7
|
2582 {
|
|
|
2583 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */
|
|
|
2584 if (flags == DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2585 {
|
|
|
2586 count = 1;
|
|
|
2587 files = &dict;
|
|
|
2588 }
|
|
|
2589 else
|
|
|
2590 {
|
|
|
2591 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow
|
|
|
2592 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in
|
|
|
2593 * a modeline). */
|
|
|
2594 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ",");
|
|
703
|
2595 if (!thesaurus && STRCMP(buf, "spell") == 0)
|
|
|
2596 count = -1;
|
|
|
2597 else if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL
|
|
7
|
2598 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files,
|
|
|
2599 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK)
|
|
|
2600 count = 0;
|
|
|
2601 }
|
|
|
2602
|
|
703
|
2603 if (count == -1)
|
|
|
2604 {
|
|
712
|
2605 /* Complete from active spelling. Skip "\<" in the pattern, we
|
|
|
2606 * don't use it as a RE. */
|
|
703
|
2607 if (pat[0] == '\\' && pat[1] == '<')
|
|
|
2608 ptr = pat + 2;
|
|
|
2609 else
|
|
|
2610 ptr = pat;
|
|
|
2611 spell_dump_compl(curbuf, ptr, regmatch.rm_ic, &dir, 0);
|
|
|
2612 }
|
|
|
2613 else
|
|
|
2614 {
|
|
|
2615 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags,
|
|
|
2616 ®match, buf, &dir);
|
|
7
|
2617 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
703
|
2618 FreeWild(count, files);
|
|
|
2619 }
|
|
|
2620 if (flags != 0)
|
|
7
|
2621 break;
|
|
|
2622 }
|
|
703
|
2623
|
|
|
2624 theend:
|
|
7
|
2625 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2626 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
|
2627 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
2628 }
|
|
|
2629
|
|
703
|
2630 static void
|
|
|
2631 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, regmatch, buf, dir)
|
|
|
2632 int count;
|
|
|
2633 char_u **files;
|
|
|
2634 int thesaurus;
|
|
|
2635 int flags;
|
|
|
2636 regmatch_T *regmatch;
|
|
|
2637 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
2638 int *dir;
|
|
|
2639 {
|
|
|
2640 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2641 int i;
|
|
|
2642 FILE *fp;
|
|
|
2643 int add_r;
|
|
|
2644
|
|
|
2645 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++)
|
|
|
2646 {
|
|
|
2647 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */
|
|
|
2648 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2649 {
|
|
|
2650 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE,
|
|
|
2651 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]);
|
|
|
2652 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
2653 }
|
|
|
2654
|
|
|
2655 if (fp != NULL)
|
|
|
2656 {
|
|
|
2657 /*
|
|
|
2658 * Read dictionary file line by line.
|
|
|
2659 * Check each line for a match.
|
|
|
2660 */
|
|
|
2661 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted
|
|
|
2662 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp))
|
|
|
2663 {
|
|
|
2664 ptr = buf;
|
|
|
2665 while (vim_regexec(regmatch, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf)))
|
|
|
2666 {
|
|
|
2667 ptr = regmatch->startp[0];
|
|
|
2668 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
2669 ptr = find_line_end(ptr);
|
|
|
2670 else
|
|
|
2671 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
|
2672 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch->startp[0],
|
|
|
2673 (int)(ptr - regmatch->startp[0]),
|
|
|
2674 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0);
|
|
|
2675 if (thesaurus)
|
|
|
2676 {
|
|
|
2677 char_u *wstart;
|
|
|
2678
|
|
|
2679 /*
|
|
|
2680 * Add the other matches on the line
|
|
|
2681 */
|
|
|
2682 while (!got_int)
|
|
|
2683 {
|
|
|
2684 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white
|
|
|
2685 * space and punctuation. */
|
|
|
2686 ptr = find_word_start(ptr);
|
|
|
2687 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL)
|
|
|
2688 break;
|
|
|
2689 wstart = ptr;
|
|
|
2690
|
|
|
2691 /* Find end of the word and add it. */
|
|
|
2692 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2693 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2694 /* Japanese words may have characters in
|
|
|
2695 * different classes, only separate words
|
|
|
2696 * with single-byte non-word characters. */
|
|
|
2697 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
2698 {
|
|
|
2699 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
|
2700
|
|
|
2701 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2702 break;
|
|
|
2703 ptr += l;
|
|
|
2704 }
|
|
|
2705 else
|
|
|
2706 #endif
|
|
|
2707 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
|
2708 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart,
|
|
|
2709 (int)(ptr - wstart),
|
|
|
2710 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0);
|
|
|
2711 }
|
|
|
2712 }
|
|
|
2713 if (add_r == OK)
|
|
|
2714 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
|
2715 *dir = FORWARD;
|
|
|
2716 else if (add_r == FAIL)
|
|
|
2717 break;
|
|
|
2718 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end
|
|
|
2719 * of line */
|
|
|
2720 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int)
|
|
|
2721 break;
|
|
|
2722 }
|
|
|
2723 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
2724 ins_compl_check_keys(50);
|
|
|
2725 }
|
|
|
2726 fclose(fp);
|
|
|
2727 }
|
|
|
2728 }
|
|
|
2729 }
|
|
|
2730
|
|
7
|
2731 /*
|
|
|
2732 * Find the start of the next word.
|
|
|
2733 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL.
|
|
|
2734 */
|
|
|
2735 char_u *
|
|
|
2736 find_word_start(ptr)
|
|
|
2737 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2738 {
|
|
|
2739 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2740 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2741 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1)
|
|
474
|
2742 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
2743 else
|
|
|
2744 #endif
|
|
|
2745 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2746 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2747 return ptr;
|
|
|
2748 }
|
|
|
2749
|
|
|
2750 /*
|
|
|
2751 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word.
|
|
|
2752 * Returns a pointer to just after the word.
|
|
|
2753 */
|
|
|
2754 char_u *
|
|
|
2755 find_word_end(ptr)
|
|
|
2756 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2757 {
|
|
|
2758 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2759 int start_class;
|
|
|
2760
|
|
|
2761 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2762 {
|
|
|
2763 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr);
|
|
|
2764 if (start_class > 1)
|
|
|
2765 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
2766 {
|
|
474
|
2767 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
2768 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class)
|
|
|
2769 break;
|
|
|
2770 }
|
|
|
2771 }
|
|
|
2772 else
|
|
|
2773 #endif
|
|
|
2774 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2775 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2776 return ptr;
|
|
|
2777 }
|
|
|
2778
|
|
|
2779 /*
|
|
667
|
2780 * Find the end of the line, omitting CR and NL at the end.
|
|
|
2781 * Returns a pointer to just after the line.
|
|
|
2782 */
|
|
|
2783 static char_u *
|
|
|
2784 find_line_end(ptr)
|
|
|
2785 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2786 {
|
|
|
2787 char_u *s;
|
|
|
2788
|
|
|
2789 s = ptr + STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
2790 while (s > ptr && (s[-1] == CAR || s[-1] == NL))
|
|
|
2791 --s;
|
|
|
2792 return s;
|
|
|
2793 }
|
|
|
2794
|
|
|
2795 /*
|
|
7
|
2796 * Free the list of completions
|
|
|
2797 */
|
|
|
2798 static void
|
|
|
2799 ins_compl_free()
|
|
|
2800 {
|
|
464
|
2801 compl_T *match;
|
|
7
|
2802
|
|
449
|
2803 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
2804 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
657
|
2805 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
|
2806 compl_leader = NULL;
|
|
449
|
2807
|
|
|
2808 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
|
|
7
|
2809 return;
|
|
540
|
2810
|
|
|
2811 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2812 pum_clear();
|
|
|
2813
|
|
449
|
2814 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match;
|
|
7
|
2815 do
|
|
|
2816 {
|
|
449
|
2817 match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
464
|
2818 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
|
|
|
2819 vim_free(match->cp_str);
|
|
7
|
2820 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */
|
|
464
|
2821 if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME)
|
|
|
2822 vim_free(match->cp_fname);
|
|
659
|
2823 vim_free(match->cp_extra);
|
|
7
|
2824 vim_free(match);
|
|
449
|
2825 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match);
|
|
|
2826 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL;
|
|
7
|
2827 }
|
|
|
2828
|
|
|
2829 static void
|
|
|
2830 ins_compl_clear()
|
|
|
2831 {
|
|
449
|
2832 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
2833 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
2834 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
|
2835 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
2836 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
657
|
2837 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
|
2838 compl_leader = NULL;
|
|
7
|
2839 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
2840 }
|
|
|
2841
|
|
|
2842 /*
|
|
674
|
2843 * Return TRUE when Insert completion is active.
|
|
|
2844 */
|
|
|
2845 int
|
|
|
2846 ins_compl_active()
|
|
|
2847 {
|
|
|
2848 return compl_started;
|
|
|
2849 }
|
|
|
2850
|
|
|
2851 /*
|
|
659
|
2852 * Delete one character before the cursor and show the subset of the matches
|
|
|
2853 * that match the word that is now before the cursor.
|
|
657
|
2854 * Returns TRUE if the work is done and another char to be got from the user.
|
|
|
2855 */
|
|
|
2856 static int
|
|
|
2857 ins_compl_bs()
|
|
|
2858 {
|
|
|
2859 char_u *line;
|
|
|
2860 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2861
|
|
|
2862 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= compl_col + compl_length)
|
|
|
2863 {
|
|
|
2864 /* Deleted more than what was used to find matches, need to look for
|
|
|
2865 * matches all over again. */
|
|
|
2866 ins_compl_free();
|
|
|
2867 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
2868 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
|
2869 }
|
|
|
2870
|
|
|
2871 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
2872 p = line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2873 mb_ptr_back(line, p);
|
|
|
2874
|
|
|
2875 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
|
2876 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, (p - line) - compl_col);
|
|
|
2877 if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
|
2878 {
|
|
|
2879 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2880 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
2881 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
|
2882
|
|
694
|
2883 if (compl_started)
|
|
|
2884 ins_compl_set_original_text(compl_leader);
|
|
|
2885 else
|
|
657
|
2886 {
|
|
|
2887 /* Matches were cleared, need to search for them now. */
|
|
|
2888 if (ins_complete(Ctrl_N) == FAIL)
|
|
|
2889 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
2890 else
|
|
|
2891 {
|
|
|
2892 /* Remove the completed word again. */
|
|
|
2893 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
2894 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
|
2895 }
|
|
|
2896 }
|
|
|
2897
|
|
|
2898 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */
|
|
|
2899 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
|
2900 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
2901
|
|
|
2902 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2903 }
|
|
|
2904 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2905 }
|
|
|
2906
|
|
|
2907 /*
|
|
|
2908 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of
|
|
|
2909 * matches.
|
|
|
2910 */
|
|
|
2911 static void
|
|
|
2912 ins_compl_addleader(c)
|
|
|
2913 int c;
|
|
|
2914 {
|
|
|
2915 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2916 int cc;
|
|
|
2917
|
|
|
2918 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
|
|
|
2919 {
|
|
|
2920 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
|
|
|
2921
|
|
|
2922 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
|
|
|
2923 buf[cc] = NUL;
|
|
|
2924 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
|
|
|
2925 }
|
|
|
2926 else
|
|
|
2927 #endif
|
|
|
2928 ins_char(c);
|
|
|
2929
|
|
|
2930 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
|
2931 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col,
|
|
|
2932 curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
|
2933 if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
|
2934 {
|
|
|
2935 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */
|
|
|
2936 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2937 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
|
2938 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
694
|
2939 ins_compl_set_original_text(compl_leader);
|
|
|
2940 }
|
|
|
2941 }
|
|
|
2942
|
|
|
2943 /*
|
|
|
2944 * Set the first match, the original text.
|
|
|
2945 */
|
|
|
2946 static void
|
|
|
2947 ins_compl_set_original_text(str)
|
|
|
2948 char_u *str;
|
|
|
2949 {
|
|
|
2950 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2951
|
|
|
2952 /* Replace the original text entry. */
|
|
|
2953 if (compl_first_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) /* safety check */
|
|
|
2954 {
|
|
|
2955 p = vim_strsave(str);
|
|
|
2956 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
2957 {
|
|
|
2958 vim_free(compl_first_match->cp_str);
|
|
|
2959 compl_first_match->cp_str = p;
|
|
|
2960 }
|
|
657
|
2961 }
|
|
|
2962 }
|
|
|
2963
|
|
|
2964 /*
|
|
659
|
2965 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of
|
|
|
2966 * matches.
|
|
|
2967 */
|
|
|
2968 static void
|
|
|
2969 ins_compl_addfrommatch()
|
|
|
2970 {
|
|
|
2971 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2972 int len = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col;
|
|
|
2973 int c;
|
|
|
2974
|
|
|
2975 p = compl_shown_match->cp_str;
|
|
677
|
2976 if ((int)STRLEN(p) <= len) /* the match is too short */
|
|
659
|
2977 return;
|
|
|
2978 p += len;
|
|
|
2979 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2980 c = mb_ptr2char(p);
|
|
|
2981 #else
|
|
|
2982 c = *p;
|
|
|
2983 #endif
|
|
|
2984 ins_compl_addleader(c);
|
|
|
2985 }
|
|
|
2986
|
|
|
2987 /*
|
|
7
|
2988 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it.
|
|
464
|
2989 * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode.
|
|
540
|
2990 * Returns TRUE when the character is not to be inserted;
|
|
7
|
2991 */
|
|
540
|
2992 static int
|
|
7
|
2993 ins_compl_prep(c)
|
|
|
2994 int c;
|
|
|
2995 {
|
|
|
2996 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2997 int temp;
|
|
|
2998 int want_cindent;
|
|
540
|
2999 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
3000
|
|
|
3001 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually
|
|
|
3002 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us.
|
|
|
3003 */
|
|
|
3004 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
3005 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
3006
|
|
|
3007 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping */
|
|
|
3008 if (c == K_SELECT)
|
|
540
|
3009 return retval;
|
|
7
|
3010
|
|
665
|
3011 /* Set "compl_get_longest" when finding the first matches. */
|
|
|
3012 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET
|
|
|
3013 || (ctrl_x_mode == 0 && !compl_started))
|
|
|
3014 {
|
|
|
3015 compl_get_longest = (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'l') != NULL);
|
|
|
3016 compl_used_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
3017 }
|
|
|
3018
|
|
7
|
3019 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET)
|
|
|
3020 {
|
|
|
3021 /*
|
|
|
3022 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode
|
|
|
3023 * it will be yet. Now we decide.
|
|
|
3024 */
|
|
|
3025 switch (c)
|
|
|
3026 {
|
|
|
3027 case Ctrl_E:
|
|
|
3028 case Ctrl_Y:
|
|
|
3029 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL;
|
|
|
3030 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG))
|
|
|
3031 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
|
3032 else
|
|
|
3033 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
|
3034 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
3035 showmode();
|
|
|
3036 break;
|
|
|
3037 case Ctrl_L:
|
|
|
3038 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE;
|
|
|
3039 break;
|
|
|
3040 case Ctrl_F:
|
|
|
3041 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES;
|
|
|
3042 break;
|
|
|
3043 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
3044 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
3045 break;
|
|
|
3046 case Ctrl_R:
|
|
|
3047 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */
|
|
|
3048 break;
|
|
|
3049 case Ctrl_T:
|
|
|
3050 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
|
3051 break;
|
|
12
|
3052 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
3053 case Ctrl_U:
|
|
|
3054 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION;
|
|
|
3055 break;
|
|
449
|
3056 case Ctrl_O:
|
|
523
|
3057 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OMNI;
|
|
449
|
3058 break;
|
|
502
|
3059 #endif
|
|
477
|
3060 case 's':
|
|
|
3061 case Ctrl_S:
|
|
|
3062 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL;
|
|
484
|
3063 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
3064 spell_back_to_badword();
|
|
|
3065 #endif
|
|
477
|
3066 break;
|
|
7
|
3067 case Ctrl_RSB:
|
|
|
3068 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
|
3069 break;
|
|
|
3070 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
3071 case Ctrl_I:
|
|
|
3072 case K_S_TAB:
|
|
|
3073 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
|
3074 break;
|
|
|
3075 case Ctrl_D:
|
|
|
3076 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
|
3077 break;
|
|
|
3078 #endif
|
|
|
3079 case Ctrl_V:
|
|
|
3080 case Ctrl_Q:
|
|
|
3081 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE;
|
|
|
3082 break;
|
|
|
3083 case Ctrl_P:
|
|
|
3084 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
|
3085 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we
|
|
|
3086 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel
|
|
|
3087 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
|
3088 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say
|
|
|
3089 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
|
3090 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag
|
|
|
3091 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
3092 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT))
|
|
|
3093 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
3094 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
|
|
|
3095 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
7
|
3096 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
3097 default:
|
|
449
|
3098 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set
|
|
|
3099 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X
|
|
|
3100 * mode).
|
|
|
3101 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible
|
|
|
3102 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same
|
|
|
3103 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode).
|
|
|
3104 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start
|
|
|
3105 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively.
|
|
|
3106 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING
|
|
|
3107 * mode -- Acevedo */
|
|
7
|
3108 if (c == Ctrl_X)
|
|
|
3109 {
|
|
449
|
3110 if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
|
|
|
3111 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
3112 else
|
|
449
|
3113 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
7
|
3114 }
|
|
|
3115 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
3116 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
3117 showmode();
|
|
|
3118 break;
|
|
|
3119 }
|
|
|
3120 }
|
|
|
3121 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0)
|
|
|
3122 {
|
|
|
3123 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */
|
|
|
3124 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
3125 {
|
|
|
3126 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
|
3127 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
3128 else
|
|
|
3129 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED;
|
|
|
3130 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
3131 }
|
|
|
3132 showmode();
|
|
|
3133 }
|
|
|
3134
|
|
449
|
3135 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
7
|
3136 {
|
|
|
3137 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably
|
|
|
3138 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to
|
|
449
|
3139 * showing what mode we are in. */
|
|
7
|
3140 showmode();
|
|
644
|
3141 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R
|
|
|
3142 && !ins_compl_pum_key(c))
|
|
7
|
3143 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
|
3144 {
|
|
|
3145 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and
|
|
|
3146 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up
|
|
449
|
3147 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */
|
|
|
3148 if (compl_curr_match != NULL)
|
|
7
|
3149 {
|
|
449
|
3150 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3151
|
|
7
|
3152 /*
|
|
|
3153 * If any of the original typed text has been changed,
|
|
|
3154 * eg when ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to
|
|
|
3155 * the redo buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete
|
|
|
3156 * just the part of the original text that has changed.
|
|
|
3157 */
|
|
464
|
3158 ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str;
|
|
449
|
3159 p = compl_orig_text;
|
|
|
3160 while (*p && *p == *ptr)
|
|
7
|
3161 {
|
|
449
|
3162 ++p;
|
|
7
|
3163 ++ptr;
|
|
|
3164 }
|
|
449
|
3165 for (temp = 0; p[temp]; ++temp)
|
|
7
|
3166 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS);
|
|
620
|
3167 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr, -1);
|
|
7
|
3168 }
|
|
|
3169
|
|
|
3170 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
3171 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on());
|
|
|
3172 #endif
|
|
|
3173 /*
|
|
|
3174 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'.
|
|
|
3175 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long.
|
|
|
3176 */
|
|
449
|
3177 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
7
|
3178 {
|
|
|
3179 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
3180 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
|
3181 if (want_cindent)
|
|
|
3182 {
|
|
|
3183 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
3184 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */
|
|
|
3185 }
|
|
|
3186 #endif
|
|
|
3187 }
|
|
|
3188 else
|
|
|
3189 {
|
|
|
3190 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */
|
|
|
3191 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
|
3192 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
3193 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1);
|
|
|
3194 curwin->w_cursor.col++;
|
|
|
3195 }
|
|
|
3196
|
|
|
3197 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
3198
|
|
540
|
3199 /* if the popup menu is displayed hitting Enter means accepting
|
|
|
3200 * the selection without inserting anything. */
|
|
|
3201 if ((c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL) && pum_visible())
|
|
|
3202 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
3203
|
|
7
|
3204 ins_compl_free();
|
|
449
|
3205 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
3206 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
7
|
3207 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
|
3208 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
3209 if (edit_submode != NULL)
|
|
|
3210 {
|
|
|
3211 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
3212 showmode();
|
|
|
3213 }
|
|
|
3214
|
|
|
3215 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
3216 /*
|
|
|
3217 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
3218 */
|
|
|
3219 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0)))
|
|
|
3220 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
3221 #endif
|
|
|
3222 }
|
|
|
3223 }
|
|
|
3224
|
|
|
3225 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be
|
|
|
3226 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */
|
|
|
3227 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
3228 {
|
|
449
|
3229 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
3230 compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
|
7
|
3231 }
|
|
540
|
3232
|
|
|
3233 return retval;
|
|
7
|
3234 }
|
|
|
3235
|
|
|
3236 /*
|
|
|
3237 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers
|
|
|
3238 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned
|
|
|
3239 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with
|
|
|
3240 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion.
|
|
|
3241 *
|
|
|
3242 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo
|
|
|
3243 */
|
|
|
3244 static buf_T *
|
|
|
3245 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag)
|
|
|
3246 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
3247 int flag;
|
|
|
3248 {
|
|
|
3249 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
3250 static win_T *wp;
|
|
|
3251 #endif
|
|
|
3252
|
|
|
3253 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */
|
|
|
3254 {
|
|
|
3255 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
3256 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */
|
|
|
3257 wp = curwin;
|
|
383
|
3258 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin
|
|
7
|
3259 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned)
|
|
|
3260 ;
|
|
|
3261 buf = wp->w_buffer;
|
|
|
3262 #else
|
|
|
3263 buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
3264 #endif
|
|
|
3265 }
|
|
|
3266 else
|
|
|
3267 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U'
|
|
|
3268 * (unlisted buffers)
|
|
|
3269 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */
|
|
383
|
3270 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf
|
|
7
|
3271 && ((flag == 'U'
|
|
|
3272 ? buf->b_p_bl
|
|
|
3273 : (!buf->b_p_bl
|
|
|
3274 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u')))
|
|
667
|
3275 || buf->b_scanned))
|
|
7
|
3276 ;
|
|
|
3277 return buf;
|
|
|
3278 }
|
|
|
3279
|
|
12
|
3280 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
659
|
3281 static void expand_by_function __ARGS((int type, char_u *base));
|
|
12
|
3282
|
|
|
3283 /*
|
|
523
|
3284 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc', and
|
|
502
|
3285 * get matches in "matches".
|
|
452
|
3286 * Return value is number of matches.
|
|
12
|
3287 */
|
|
659
|
3288 static void
|
|
|
3289 expand_by_function(type, base)
|
|
523
|
3290 int type; /* CTRL_X_OMNI or CTRL_X_FUNCTION */
|
|
12
|
3291 char_u *base;
|
|
|
3292 {
|
|
452
|
3293 list_T *matchlist;
|
|
502
|
3294 char_u *args[2];
|
|
452
|
3295 listitem_T *li;
|
|
|
3296 char_u *p;
|
|
502
|
3297 char_u *funcname;
|
|
|
3298 pos_T pos;
|
|
659
|
3299 int dir = compl_direction;
|
|
|
3300 char_u *x;
|
|
681
|
3301 int icase;
|
|
502
|
3302
|
|
|
3303 funcname = (type == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
|
|
|
3304 if (*funcname == NUL)
|
|
659
|
3305 return;
|
|
452
|
3306
|
|
|
3307 /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */
|
|
|
3308 args[0] = (char_u *)"0";
|
|
502
|
3309 args[1] = base;
|
|
|
3310
|
|
|
3311 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
3312 matchlist = call_func_retlist(funcname, 2, args, FALSE);
|
|
|
3313 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */
|
|
452
|
3314 if (matchlist == NULL)
|
|
659
|
3315 return;
|
|
|
3316
|
|
|
3317 /* Go through the List with matches and add each of them. */
|
|
452
|
3318 for (li = matchlist->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next)
|
|
|
3319 {
|
|
697
|
3320 icase = p_ic;
|
|
659
|
3321 if (li->li_tv.v_type == VAR_DICT && li->li_tv.vval.v_dict != NULL)
|
|
|
3322 {
|
|
|
3323 p = get_dict_string(li->li_tv.vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"word", FALSE);
|
|
|
3324 x = get_dict_string(li->li_tv.vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"menu", FALSE);
|
|
681
|
3325 if (get_dict_string(li->li_tv.vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase",
|
|
697
|
3326 FALSE) != NULL)
|
|
681
|
3327 icase = get_dict_number(li->li_tv.vval.v_dict,
|
|
|
3328 (char_u *)"icase");
|
|
659
|
3329 }
|
|
|
3330 else
|
|
|
3331 {
|
|
|
3332 p = get_tv_string_chk(&li->li_tv);
|
|
|
3333 x = NULL;
|
|
|
3334 }
|
|
452
|
3335 if (p != NULL && *p != NUL)
|
|
|
3336 {
|
|
681
|
3337 if (ins_compl_add(p, -1, icase, NULL, x, dir, 0) == OK)
|
|
659
|
3338 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
|
3339 dir = FORWARD;
|
|
452
|
3340 }
|
|
648
|
3341 else if (did_emsg)
|
|
|
3342 break;
|
|
452
|
3343 }
|
|
|
3344
|
|
|
3345 list_unref(matchlist);
|
|
12
|
3346 }
|
|
|
3347 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */
|
|
|
3348
|
|
449
|
3349 /*
|
|
|
3350 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern".
|
|
659
|
3351 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction
|
|
|
3352 * compl_direction.
|
|
667
|
3353 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise continue
|
|
|
3354 * where we stopped searching before.
|
|
449
|
3355 * This may return before finding all the matches.
|
|
|
3356 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo
|
|
7
|
3357 */
|
|
|
3358 static int
|
|
659
|
3359 ins_compl_get_exp(ini)
|
|
7
|
3360 pos_T *ini;
|
|
|
3361 {
|
|
|
3362 static pos_T first_match_pos;
|
|
|
3363 static pos_T last_match_pos;
|
|
|
3364 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */
|
|
449
|
3365 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a
|
|
|
3366 certain type. */
|
|
|
3367 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */
|
|
7
|
3368
|
|
464
|
3369 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
3370 char_u **matches;
|
|
|
3371 int save_p_scs;
|
|
|
3372 int save_p_ws;
|
|
|
3373 int save_p_ic;
|
|
|
3374 int i;
|
|
|
3375 int num_matches;
|
|
|
3376 int len;
|
|
|
3377 int found_new_match;
|
|
|
3378 int type = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
|
3379 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
3380 char_u *dict = NULL;
|
|
|
3381 int dict_f = 0;
|
|
|
3382 compl_T *old_match;
|
|
7
|
3383
|
|
449
|
3384 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
3385 {
|
|
|
3386 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next)
|
|
|
3387 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0;
|
|
|
3388 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
|
3389 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
449
|
3390 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
12
|
3391 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt;
|
|
7
|
3392 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
|
3393 }
|
|
|
3394
|
|
449
|
3395 old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */
|
|
659
|
3396 pos = (compl_direction == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos;
|
|
7
|
3397 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */
|
|
|
3398 for (;;)
|
|
|
3399 {
|
|
|
3400 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
3401
|
|
449
|
3402 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off,
|
|
7
|
3403 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the
|
|
|
3404 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */
|
|
|
3405 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
3406 && (!compl_started || found_all))
|
|
7
|
3407 {
|
|
|
3408 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
|
3409 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ')
|
|
|
3410 e_cpt++;
|
|
|
3411 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned)
|
|
|
3412 {
|
|
|
3413 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
3414 first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
|
3415 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */
|
|
|
3416 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0)
|
|
|
3417 dec(&first_match_pos);
|
|
|
3418 last_match_pos = first_match_pos;
|
|
|
3419 type = 0;
|
|
|
3420 }
|
|
|
3421 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL
|
|
|
3422 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf)
|
|
|
3423 {
|
|
|
3424 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */
|
|
|
3425 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */
|
|
|
3426 {
|
|
449
|
3427 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3428 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0;
|
|
|
3429 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1;
|
|
|
3430 last_match_pos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
3431 type = 0;
|
|
|
3432 }
|
|
|
3433 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */
|
|
|
3434 {
|
|
|
3435 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
3436 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL)
|
|
|
3437 continue;
|
|
|
3438 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
3439 dict = ins_buf->b_fname;
|
|
|
3440 dict_f = DICT_EXACT;
|
|
|
3441 }
|
|
274
|
3442 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"),
|
|
7
|
3443 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL
|
|
|
3444 ? buf_spname(ins_buf)
|
|
|
3445 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL
|
|
|
3446 ? (char *)ins_buf->b_fname
|
|
|
3447 : (char *)ins_buf->b_sfname);
|
|
|
3448 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
3449 }
|
|
|
3450 else if (*e_cpt == NUL)
|
|
|
3451 break;
|
|
|
3452 else
|
|
|
3453 {
|
|
|
3454 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3455 type = -1;
|
|
|
3456 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's')
|
|
|
3457 {
|
|
|
3458 if (*e_cpt == 'k')
|
|
|
3459 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
3460 else
|
|
|
3461 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
|
3462 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL)
|
|
|
3463 {
|
|
|
3464 dict = e_cpt;
|
|
|
3465 dict_f = DICT_FIRST;
|
|
|
3466 }
|
|
|
3467 }
|
|
|
3468 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
3469 else if (*e_cpt == 'i')
|
|
|
3470 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
|
3471 else if (*e_cpt == 'd')
|
|
|
3472 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
|
3473 #endif
|
|
|
3474 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't')
|
|
|
3475 {
|
|
|
3476 type = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
|
3477 sprintf((char*)IObuff, _("Scanning tags."));
|
|
|
3478 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
3479 }
|
|
|
3480 else
|
|
|
3481 type = -1;
|
|
|
3482
|
|
|
3483 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */
|
|
|
3484 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ",");
|
|
|
3485
|
|
|
3486 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
3487 if (type == -1)
|
|
|
3488 continue;
|
|
|
3489 }
|
|
|
3490 }
|
|
|
3491
|
|
|
3492 switch (type)
|
|
|
3493 {
|
|
|
3494 case -1:
|
|
|
3495 break;
|
|
|
3496 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
3497 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
|
3498 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
659
|
3499 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, compl_direction,
|
|
449
|
3500 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE,
|
|
7
|
3501 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES
|
|
449
|
3502 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
|
|
7
|
3503 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND,
|
|
|
3504 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM);
|
|
|
3505 break;
|
|
|
3506 #endif
|
|
|
3507
|
|
|
3508 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
|
3509 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
|
3510 ins_compl_dictionaries(
|
|
703
|
3511 dict != NULL ? dict
|
|
7
|
3512 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS
|
|
|
3513 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL
|
|
|
3514 ? p_tsr
|
|
|
3515 : curbuf->b_p_tsr)
|
|
|
3516 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL
|
|
|
3517 ? p_dict
|
|
|
3518 : curbuf->b_p_dict)),
|
|
659
|
3519 compl_pattern,
|
|
703
|
3520 dict != NULL ? dict_f
|
|
|
3521 : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS);
|
|
7
|
3522 dict = NULL;
|
|
|
3523 break;
|
|
|
3524
|
|
|
3525 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
|
3526 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */
|
|
|
3527 save_p_ic = p_ic;
|
|
449
|
3528 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern);
|
|
7
|
3529
|
|
|
3530 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enourmous number
|
|
449
|
3531 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */
|
|
|
3532 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
|
|
7
|
3533 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC |
|
|
|
3534 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0),
|
|
|
3535 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0)
|
|
|
3536 {
|
|
681
|
3537 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic);
|
|
7
|
3538 }
|
|
|
3539 p_ic = save_p_ic;
|
|
|
3540 break;
|
|
|
3541
|
|
|
3542 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
449
|
3543 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
|
|
7
|
3544 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK)
|
|
|
3545 {
|
|
|
3546
|
|
|
3547 /* May change home directory back to "~". */
|
|
449
|
3548 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches);
|
|
681
|
3549 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches,
|
|
|
3550 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME
|
|
|
3551 TRUE
|
|
|
3552 #else
|
|
|
3553 FALSE
|
|
|
3554 #endif
|
|
|
3555 );
|
|
7
|
3556 }
|
|
|
3557 break;
|
|
|
3558
|
|
|
3559 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
449
|
3560 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
|
|
|
3561 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern),
|
|
7
|
3562 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK)
|
|
681
|
3563 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, FALSE);
|
|
7
|
3564 break;
|
|
|
3565
|
|
12
|
3566 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
3567 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
|
523
|
3568 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
|
|
659
|
3569 expand_by_function(type, compl_pattern);
|
|
12
|
3570 break;
|
|
|
3571 #endif
|
|
|
3572
|
|
477
|
3573 case CTRL_X_SPELL:
|
|
|
3574 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
3575 num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum,
|
|
|
3576 first_match_pos.col, compl_pattern, &matches);
|
|
|
3577 if (num_matches > 0)
|
|
681
|
3578 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, FALSE);
|
|
477
|
3579 #endif
|
|
|
3580 break;
|
|
|
3581
|
|
7
|
3582 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */
|
|
|
3583 /*
|
|
|
3584 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here
|
|
|
3585 */
|
|
|
3586 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
|
3587 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf)
|
|
|
3588 p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
449
|
3589
|
|
7
|
3590 /* buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the
|
|
|
3591 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this
|
|
|
3592 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set
|
|
|
3593 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */
|
|
|
3594 save_p_ws = p_ws;
|
|
|
3595 if (ins_buf != curbuf)
|
|
|
3596 p_ws = FALSE;
|
|
|
3597 else if (*e_cpt == '.')
|
|
|
3598 p_ws = TRUE;
|
|
|
3599 for (;;)
|
|
|
3600 {
|
|
464
|
3601 int flags = 0;
|
|
7
|
3602
|
|
540
|
3603 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that
|
|
|
3604 * has added a word that was at the beginning of the line */
|
|
7
|
3605 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE
|
|
449
|
3606 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
|
|
7
|
3607 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos,
|
|
659
|
3608 compl_direction, compl_pattern);
|
|
7
|
3609 else
|
|
659
|
3610 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos,
|
|
|
3611 compl_direction,
|
|
449
|
3612 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG,
|
|
692
|
3613 RE_LAST, (linenr_T)0);
|
|
449
|
3614 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
3615 {
|
|
667
|
3616 /* set "compl_started" even on fail */
|
|
449
|
3617 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3618 first_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
|
3619 last_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
|
3620 }
|
|
|
3621 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum
|
|
665
|
3622 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col)
|
|
7
|
3623 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
3624 if (found_new_match == FAIL)
|
|
|
3625 {
|
|
|
3626 if (ins_buf == curbuf)
|
|
|
3627 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
3628 break;
|
|
|
3629 }
|
|
|
3630
|
|
|
3631 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */
|
|
449
|
3632 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf
|
|
7
|
3633 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum
|
|
|
3634 && ini->col == pos->col)
|
|
|
3635 continue;
|
|
|
3636 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col;
|
|
|
3637 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3638 {
|
|
449
|
3639 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
3640 {
|
|
|
3641 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
3642 continue;
|
|
|
3643 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
|
3644 if (!p_paste)
|
|
|
3645 ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
3646 }
|
|
|
3647 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
3648 }
|
|
|
3649 else
|
|
|
3650 {
|
|
449
|
3651 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
3652
|
|
|
3653 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
3654 {
|
|
449
|
3655 tmp_ptr += compl_length;
|
|
7
|
3656 /* Skip if already inside a word. */
|
|
|
3657 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr))
|
|
|
3658 continue;
|
|
|
3659 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
|
3660 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3661 }
|
|
|
3662 /* Find end of this word. */
|
|
|
3663 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3664 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
3665
|
|
449
|
3666 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
3667 && len == compl_length)
|
|
7
|
3668 {
|
|
|
3669 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
3670 {
|
|
|
3671 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be
|
|
|
3672 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used.
|
|
|
3673 * IOSIZE is always greater than
|
|
449
|
3674 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always
|
|
7
|
3675 * works -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
3676 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len);
|
|
|
3677 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
|
3678 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
3679 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
|
3680 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3681 /* Find end of next word. */
|
|
|
3682 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3683 if (tmp_ptr > ptr)
|
|
|
3684 {
|
|
419
|
3685 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB)
|
|
7
|
3686 {
|
|
419
|
3687 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ')
|
|
7
|
3688 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
3689 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */
|
|
|
3690 if (p_js
|
|
419
|
3691 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.'
|
|
7
|
3692 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP)
|
|
|
3693 == NULL
|
|
419
|
3694 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?'
|
|
|
3695 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!'))))
|
|
7
|
3696 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
3697 }
|
|
|
3698 /* copy as much as posible of the new word */
|
|
|
3699 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len)
|
|
|
3700 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1;
|
|
|
3701 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
3702 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
464
|
3703 flags |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
3704 }
|
|
|
3705 IObuff[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
3706 ptr = IObuff;
|
|
|
3707 }
|
|
449
|
3708 if (len == compl_length)
|
|
7
|
3709 continue;
|
|
|
3710 }
|
|
|
3711 }
|
|
681
|
3712 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len, p_ic,
|
|
540
|
3713 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname,
|
|
659
|
3714 0, flags) != NOTDONE)
|
|
7
|
3715 {
|
|
|
3716 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
|
3717 break;
|
|
|
3718 }
|
|
|
3719 }
|
|
|
3720 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
|
3721 p_ws = save_p_ws;
|
|
|
3722 }
|
|
540
|
3723
|
|
449
|
3724 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of
|
|
|
3725 * expansion added somenthing) */
|
|
540
|
3726 if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != old_match)
|
|
7
|
3727 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
|
3728
|
|
|
3729 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the
|
|
|
3730 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */
|
|
|
3731 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
3732 || found_new_match != FAIL)
|
|
540
|
3733 {
|
|
|
3734 if (got_int)
|
|
|
3735 break;
|
|
665
|
3736 /* Fill the popup menu as soon as possible. */
|
|
540
|
3737 if (pum_wanted() && type != -1)
|
|
|
3738 ins_compl_check_keys(0);
|
|
665
|
3739
|
|
540
|
3740 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3741 || compl_interrupted)
|
|
|
3742 break;
|
|
|
3743 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
|
3744 }
|
|
|
3745 else
|
|
|
3746 {
|
|
|
3747 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */
|
|
|
3748 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
|
3749 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE;
|
|
|
3750
|
|
|
3751 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
3752 }
|
|
449
|
3753 }
|
|
|
3754 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3755
|
|
|
3756 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3757 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */
|
|
|
3758 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
3759
|
|
|
3760 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */
|
|
|
3761 if (found_new_match == FAIL
|
|
|
3762 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE))
|
|
|
3763 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic();
|
|
|
3764
|
|
|
3765 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has
|
|
449
|
3766 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next
|
|
|
3767 * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */
|
|
659
|
3768 compl_curr_match = compl_direction == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next : old_match->cp_prev;
|
|
449
|
3769 if (compl_curr_match == NULL)
|
|
|
3770 compl_curr_match = old_match;
|
|
7
|
3771 return i;
|
|
|
3772 }
|
|
|
3773
|
|
|
3774 /* Delete the old text being completed. */
|
|
|
3775 static void
|
|
|
3776 ins_compl_delete()
|
|
|
3777 {
|
|
|
3778 int i;
|
|
|
3779
|
|
|
3780 /*
|
|
|
3781 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part.
|
|
|
3782 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any.
|
|
|
3783 */
|
|
449
|
3784 i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0);
|
|
7
|
3785 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
|
3786 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
3787 }
|
|
|
3788
|
|
|
3789 /* Insert the new text being completed. */
|
|
|
3790 static void
|
|
|
3791 ins_compl_insert()
|
|
|
3792 {
|
|
464
|
3793 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
683
|
3794 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
3795 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
3796 else
|
|
|
3797 compl_used_match = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3798 }
|
|
|
3799
|
|
|
3800 /*
|
|
|
3801 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction.
|
|
464
|
3802 * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to
|
|
|
3803 * get more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there
|
|
|
3804 * are no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when
|
|
|
3805 * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing
|
|
|
3806 * through the ones found so far.
|
|
7
|
3807 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb.
|
|
|
3808 *
|
|
449
|
3809 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use
|
|
|
3810 * compl_shown_match here.
|
|
7
|
3811 *
|
|
|
3812 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with
|
|
464
|
3813 * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn
|
|
|
3814 * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE.
|
|
7
|
3815 */
|
|
|
3816 static int
|
|
665
|
3817 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion, count, insert_match)
|
|
7
|
3818 int allow_get_expansion;
|
|
610
|
3819 int count; /* repeat completion this many times; should
|
|
|
3820 be at least 1 */
|
|
665
|
3821 int insert_match; /* Insert the newly selected match */
|
|
7
|
3822 {
|
|
|
3823 int num_matches = -1;
|
|
|
3824 int i;
|
|
610
|
3825 int todo = count;
|
|
657
|
3826 compl_T *found_compl = NULL;
|
|
|
3827 int found_end = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
3828
|
|
665
|
3829 if (compl_leader != NULL
|
|
|
3830 && (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0)
|
|
|
3831 {
|
|
|
3832 /* Set "compl_shown_match" to the actually shown match, it may differ
|
|
|
3833 * when "compl_leader" is used to omit some of the matches. */
|
|
681
|
3834 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
|
|
|
3835 compl_leader, STRLEN(compl_leader))
|
|
665
|
3836 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL
|
|
|
3837 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != compl_first_match)
|
|
|
3838 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
|
|
|
3839 }
|
|
|
3840
|
|
|
3841 if (allow_get_expansion && insert_match
|
|
|
3842 && (!compl_get_longest || compl_used_match))
|
|
7
|
3843 /* Delete old text to be replaced */
|
|
|
3844 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
665
|
3845
|
|
610
|
3846 /* Repeat this for when <PageUp> or <PageDown> is typed. But don't wrap
|
|
|
3847 * around. */
|
|
|
3848 while (--todo >= 0)
|
|
|
3849 {
|
|
|
3850 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL)
|
|
|
3851 {
|
|
716
|
3852 if (compl_pending != 0)
|
|
|
3853 --compl_pending;
|
|
610
|
3854 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
|
|
657
|
3855 found_end = (compl_first_match != NULL
|
|
|
3856 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match
|
|
|
3857 || compl_shown_match == compl_first_match));
|
|
610
|
3858 }
|
|
|
3859 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD
|
|
|
3860 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL)
|
|
|
3861 {
|
|
716
|
3862 if (compl_pending != 0)
|
|
|
3863 ++compl_pending;
|
|
657
|
3864 found_end = (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match);
|
|
610
|
3865 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
|
|
657
|
3866 found_end |= (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match);
|
|
7
|
3867 }
|
|
|
3868 else
|
|
610
|
3869 {
|
|
716
|
3870 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD)
|
|
|
3871 --compl_pending;
|
|
|
3872 else
|
|
|
3873 ++compl_pending;
|
|
657
|
3874 if (!allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3875 return -1;
|
|
|
3876
|
|
659
|
3877 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos);
|
|
716
|
3878 if (compl_pending != 0 && compl_direction == compl_shows_dir)
|
|
657
|
3879 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
|
3880 found_end = FALSE;
|
|
|
3881 }
|
|
|
3882 if ((compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
|
|
|
3883 && compl_leader != NULL
|
|
681
|
3884 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
|
|
|
3885 compl_leader, STRLEN(compl_leader)))
|
|
657
|
3886 ++todo;
|
|
|
3887 else
|
|
|
3888 /* Remember a matching item. */
|
|
|
3889 found_compl = compl_shown_match;
|
|
|
3890
|
|
|
3891 /* Stop at the end of the list when we found a usable match. */
|
|
|
3892 if (found_end)
|
|
|
3893 {
|
|
|
3894 if (found_compl != NULL)
|
|
610
|
3895 {
|
|
657
|
3896 compl_shown_match = found_compl;
|
|
|
3897 break;
|
|
610
|
3898 }
|
|
657
|
3899 todo = 1; /* use first usable match after wrapping around */
|
|
610
|
3900 }
|
|
7
|
3901 }
|
|
|
3902
|
|
665
|
3903 /* Insert the text of the new completion, or the compl_leader. */
|
|
|
3904 if (insert_match)
|
|
|
3905 {
|
|
|
3906 if (!compl_get_longest || compl_used_match)
|
|
|
3907 ins_compl_insert();
|
|
|
3908 else
|
|
|
3909 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
|
3910 }
|
|
|
3911 else
|
|
|
3912 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
3913
|
|
|
3914 if (!allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3915 {
|
|
540
|
3916 /* may undisplay the popup menu first */
|
|
|
3917 ins_compl_upd_pum();
|
|
|
3918
|
|
665
|
3919 /* redraw to show the user what was inserted */
|
|
|
3920 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
3921
|
|
540
|
3922 /* display the updated popup menu */
|
|
|
3923 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
|
3924
|
|
7
|
3925 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and
|
|
|
3926 * don't want to match ourselves! */
|
|
|
3927 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
3928 }
|
|
|
3929
|
|
|
3930 /*
|
|
|
3931 * Show the file name for the match (if any)
|
|
|
3932 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return.
|
|
|
3933 */
|
|
464
|
3934 if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL)
|
|
7
|
3935 {
|
|
|
3936 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file ");
|
|
464
|
3937 i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col;
|
|
7
|
3938 if (i <= 0)
|
|
|
3939 i = 0;
|
|
|
3940 else
|
|
|
3941 STRCAT(IObuff, "<");
|
|
464
|
3942 STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i);
|
|
7
|
3943 msg(IObuff);
|
|
|
3944 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */
|
|
|
3945 }
|
|
|
3946
|
|
|
3947 return num_matches;
|
|
|
3948 }
|
|
|
3949
|
|
|
3950 /*
|
|
|
3951 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key
|
|
|
3952 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion
|
|
716
|
3953 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is not zero, show a completion as soon as
|
|
7
|
3954 * possible. -- webb
|
|
464
|
3955 * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check.
|
|
7
|
3956 */
|
|
|
3957 void
|
|
464
|
3958 ins_compl_check_keys(frequency)
|
|
|
3959 int frequency;
|
|
7
|
3960 {
|
|
|
3961 static int count = 0;
|
|
|
3962
|
|
|
3963 int c;
|
|
|
3964
|
|
|
3965 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test
|
|
|
3966 * scripts */
|
|
|
3967 if (using_script())
|
|
|
3968 return;
|
|
|
3969
|
|
|
3970 /* Only do this at regular intervals */
|
|
464
|
3971 if (++count < frequency)
|
|
7
|
3972 return;
|
|
|
3973 count = 0;
|
|
|
3974
|
|
|
3975 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
3976 c = vpeekc_any();
|
|
|
3977 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
3978 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
3979 {
|
|
|
3980 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
3981 {
|
|
|
3982 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */
|
|
610
|
3983 compl_shows_dir = ins_compl_key2dir(c);
|
|
665
|
3984 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, ins_compl_key2count(c),
|
|
|
3985 c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN);
|
|
7
|
3986 }
|
|
|
3987 else if (c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
449
|
3988 compl_interrupted = TRUE;
|
|
|
3989 }
|
|
716
|
3990 if (compl_pending != 0 && !got_int)
|
|
|
3991 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, compl_pending > 0
|
|
|
3992 ? compl_pending : -compl_pending, TRUE);
|
|
610
|
3993 }
|
|
|
3994
|
|
|
3995 /*
|
|
|
3996 * Decide the direction of Insert mode complete from the key typed.
|
|
|
3997 * Returns BACKWARD or FORWARD.
|
|
|
3998 */
|
|
|
3999 static int
|
|
|
4000 ins_compl_key2dir(c)
|
|
|
4001 int c;
|
|
|
4002 {
|
|
665
|
4003 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L
|
|
|
4004 || (pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP
|
|
|
4005 || c == K_S_UP || c == K_UP)))
|
|
610
|
4006 return BACKWARD;
|
|
|
4007 return FORWARD;
|
|
|
4008 }
|
|
|
4009
|
|
|
4010 /*
|
|
644
|
4011 * Return TRUE for keys that are used for completion only when the popup menu
|
|
|
4012 * is visible.
|
|
|
4013 */
|
|
|
4014 static int
|
|
|
4015 ins_compl_pum_key(c)
|
|
|
4016 int c;
|
|
|
4017 {
|
|
|
4018 return pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP
|
|
665
|
4019 || c == K_PAGEDOWN || c == K_KPAGEDOWN || c == K_S_DOWN
|
|
|
4020 || c == K_UP || c == K_DOWN);
|
|
644
|
4021 }
|
|
|
4022
|
|
|
4023 /*
|
|
610
|
4024 * Decide the number of completions to move forward.
|
|
|
4025 * Returns 1 for most keys, height of the popup menu for page-up/down keys.
|
|
|
4026 */
|
|
|
4027 static int
|
|
|
4028 ins_compl_key2count(c)
|
|
|
4029 int c;
|
|
|
4030 {
|
|
|
4031 int h;
|
|
|
4032
|
|
665
|
4033 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c) && c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN)
|
|
610
|
4034 {
|
|
|
4035 h = pum_get_height();
|
|
|
4036 if (h > 3)
|
|
|
4037 h -= 2; /* keep some context */
|
|
|
4038 return h;
|
|
|
4039 }
|
|
|
4040 return 1;
|
|
7
|
4041 }
|
|
|
4042
|
|
|
4043 /*
|
|
681
|
4044 * Return TRUE if completion with "c" should insert the match, FALSE if only
|
|
|
4045 * to change the currently selected completion.
|
|
|
4046 */
|
|
|
4047 static int
|
|
|
4048 ins_compl_use_match(c)
|
|
|
4049 int c;
|
|
|
4050 {
|
|
|
4051 switch (c)
|
|
|
4052 {
|
|
|
4053 case K_UP:
|
|
|
4054 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
4055 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
4056 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
4057 case K_S_DOWN:
|
|
|
4058 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
4059 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
|
4060 case K_S_UP:
|
|
|
4061 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4062 }
|
|
|
4063 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4064 }
|
|
|
4065
|
|
|
4066 /*
|
|
7
|
4067 * Do Insert mode completion.
|
|
|
4068 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion.
|
|
|
4069 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem).
|
|
|
4070 */
|
|
|
4071 static int
|
|
|
4072 ins_complete(c)
|
|
449
|
4073 int c;
|
|
7
|
4074 {
|
|
449
|
4075 char_u *line;
|
|
|
4076 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */
|
|
|
4077 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */
|
|
|
4078 int n;
|
|
7
|
4079
|
|
610
|
4080 compl_direction = ins_compl_key2dir(c);
|
|
449
|
4081 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
4082 {
|
|
|
4083 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */
|
|
|
4084
|
|
|
4085 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
4086 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
4087 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4088 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4089 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
4090 #endif
|
|
|
4091 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
4092 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4093
|
|
|
4094 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
449
|
4095 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
716
|
4096 compl_pending = 0;
|
|
7
|
4097
|
|
|
4098 /* if this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from
|
|
449
|
4099 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word
|
|
|
4100 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if
|
|
|
4101 * "compl_startpos"
|
|
7
|
4102 * is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it (the line has
|
|
|
4103 * been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL is set then
|
|
|
4104 * skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of the line has
|
|
|
4105 * been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */
|
|
665
|
4106 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) == CONT_INTRPT
|
|
|
4107 && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
7
|
4108 {
|
|
|
4109 /*
|
|
|
4110 * it is a continued search
|
|
|
4111 */
|
|
449
|
4112 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */
|
|
7
|
4113 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
|
4114 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
4115 {
|
|
449
|
4116 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
7
|
4117 {
|
|
449
|
4118 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the
|
|
|
4119 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar
|
|
|
4120 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't
|
|
|
4121 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */
|
|
|
4122 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line);
|
|
|
4123 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
|
4124 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
4125 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */
|
|
7
|
4126 }
|
|
|
4127 else
|
|
|
4128 {
|
|
|
4129 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the
|
|
|
4130 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL
|
|
449
|
4131 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */
|
|
|
4132 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
7
|
4133 {
|
|
449
|
4134 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL;
|
|
|
4135 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(
|
|
|
4136 line + compl_length
|
|
|
4137 + compl_startpos.col) - line);
|
|
7
|
4138 }
|
|
449
|
4139 compl_col = compl_startpos.col;
|
|
7
|
4140 }
|
|
449
|
4141 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col;
|
|
502
|
4142 /* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we
|
|
7
|
4143 * have enough space? just being paranoic */
|
|
|
4144 #define MIN_SPACE 75
|
|
449
|
4145 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE))
|
|
7
|
4146 {
|
|
449
|
4147 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL;
|
|
|
4148 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE);
|
|
|
4149 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length;
|
|
7
|
4150 }
|
|
449
|
4151 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
4152 if (compl_length < 1)
|
|
|
4153 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
7
|
4154 }
|
|
|
4155 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
4156 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
7
|
4157 else
|
|
449
|
4158 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
4159 }
|
|
|
4160 else
|
|
449
|
4161 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
4162
|
|
|
4163 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */
|
|
|
4164 {
|
|
|
4165 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
7
|
4166 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */
|
|
449
|
4167 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
4168 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
4169 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4170 startcol = (int)curs_col;
|
|
|
4171 compl_col = 0;
|
|
7
|
4172 }
|
|
|
4173
|
|
|
4174 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */
|
|
|
4175 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT))
|
|
|
4176 {
|
|
449
|
4177 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)
|
|
7
|
4178 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
4179 {
|
|
449
|
4180 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING))
|
|
7
|
4181 {
|
|
449
|
4182 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
4183 ;
|
|
449
|
4184 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
4185 compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
|
|
7
|
4186 }
|
|
|
4187 if (p_ic)
|
|
449
|
4188 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col,
|
|
|
4189 compl_length, NULL, 0);
|
|
7
|
4190 else
|
|
449
|
4191 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col,
|
|
|
4192 compl_length);
|
|
|
4193 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4194 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4195 }
|
|
449
|
4196 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
4197 {
|
|
|
4198 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<";
|
|
|
4199
|
|
|
4200 /* we need 3 extra chars, 1 for the NUL and
|
|
|
4201 * 2 >= strlen(prefix) -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
4202 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
4203 compl_length) + 3);
|
|
|
4204 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4205 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
4206 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col)
|
|
|
4207 || (compl_col > 0
|
|
7
|
4208 && (
|
|
|
4209 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
449
|
4210 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col))
|
|
7
|
4211 #else
|
|
449
|
4212 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1])
|
|
7
|
4213 #endif
|
|
|
4214 )))
|
|
|
4215 prefix = (char_u *)"";
|
|
449
|
4216 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix);
|
|
|
4217 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix),
|
|
|
4218 line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
7
|
4219 }
|
|
449
|
4220 else if (--startcol < 0 ||
|
|
7
|
4221 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
449
|
4222 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1))
|
|
7
|
4223 #else
|
|
449
|
4224 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol])
|
|
7
|
4225 #endif
|
|
|
4226 )
|
|
|
4227 {
|
|
|
4228 /* Match any word of at least two chars */
|
|
449
|
4229 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k");
|
|
|
4230 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4231 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
4232 compl_col += curs_col;
|
|
|
4233 compl_length = 0;
|
|
7
|
4234 }
|
|
|
4235 else
|
|
|
4236 {
|
|
|
4237 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4238 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character
|
|
|
4239 * or not a word single byte character backward. */
|
|
|
4240 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4241 {
|
|
|
4242 int base_class;
|
|
|
4243 int head_off;
|
|
|
4244
|
|
449
|
4245 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
|
|
|
4246 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol);
|
|
|
4247 while (--startcol >= 0)
|
|
7
|
4248 {
|
|
449
|
4249 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
|
|
|
4250 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol
|
|
|
4251 - head_off))
|
|
7
|
4252 break;
|
|
449
|
4253 startcol -= head_off;
|
|
7
|
4254 }
|
|
|
4255 }
|
|
|
4256 else
|
|
|
4257 #endif
|
|
449
|
4258 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
4259 ;
|
|
449
|
4260 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
4261 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
|
|
|
4262 if (compl_length == 1)
|
|
7
|
4263 {
|
|
|
4264 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb
|
|
|
4265 * there's no need to call quote_meta,
|
|
|
4266 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo
|
|
|
4267 */
|
|
449
|
4268 compl_pattern = alloc(7);
|
|
|
4269 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4270 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
4271 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
|
|
|
4272 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1);
|
|
|
4273 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k");
|
|
7
|
4274 }
|
|
|
4275 else
|
|
|
4276 {
|
|
449
|
4277 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
4278 compl_length) + 3);
|
|
|
4279 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4280 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
4281 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
|
|
|
4282 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
4283 compl_length);
|
|
7
|
4284 }
|
|
|
4285 }
|
|
|
4286 }
|
|
|
4287 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
4288 {
|
|
449
|
4289 compl_col = skipwhite(line) - line;
|
|
|
4290 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col;
|
|
|
4291 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */
|
|
|
4292 compl_length = 0;
|
|
7
|
4293 if (p_ic)
|
|
449
|
4294 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length,
|
|
|
4295 NULL, 0);
|
|
7
|
4296 else
|
|
449
|
4297 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
4298 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4299 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4300 }
|
|
|
4301 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
|
4302 {
|
|
449
|
4303 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
4304 ;
|
|
449
|
4305 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
4306 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
|
|
|
4307 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length,
|
|
|
4308 EXPAND_FILES);
|
|
|
4309 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4310 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4311 }
|
|
|
4312 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
4313 {
|
|
449
|
4314 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col);
|
|
|
4315 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4316 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
4317 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
|
|
|
4318 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col);
|
|
|
4319 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL
|
|
|
4320 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING)
|
|
7
|
4321 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
4322 startcol = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern);
|
|
|
4323 compl_col = startcol;
|
|
|
4324 compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
|
|
7
|
4325 }
|
|
523
|
4326 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
|
|
502
|
4327 {
|
|
12
|
4328 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
4329 /*
|
|
502
|
4330 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart"
|
|
|
4331 * set to 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion.
|
|
12
|
4332 */
|
|
502
|
4333 char_u *args[2];
|
|
452
|
4334 int col;
|
|
502
|
4335 char_u *funcname;
|
|
|
4336 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
4337
|
|
523
|
4338 /* Call 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc' and get pattern length as a
|
|
502
|
4339 * string */
|
|
|
4340 funcname = ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
|
|
|
4341 ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
|
|
|
4342 if (*funcname == NUL)
|
|
523
|
4343 {
|
|
|
4344 EMSG2(_(e_notset), ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
|
|
|
4345 ? "completefunc" : "omnifunc");
|
|
12
|
4346 return FAIL;
|
|
523
|
4347 }
|
|
452
|
4348
|
|
|
4349 args[0] = (char_u *)"1";
|
|
502
|
4350 args[1] = NULL;
|
|
|
4351 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4352 col = call_func_retnr(funcname, 2, args, FALSE);
|
|
|
4353 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */
|
|
|
4354
|
|
452
|
4355 if (col < 0)
|
|
523
|
4356 col = curs_col;
|
|
452
|
4357 compl_col = col;
|
|
|
4358 if ((colnr_T)compl_col > curs_col)
|
|
|
4359 compl_col = curs_col;
|
|
449
|
4360
|
|
|
4361 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again,
|
|
|
4362 * it may have become invalid. */
|
|
|
4363 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
452
|
4364 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col;
|
|
449
|
4365 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
4366 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
502
|
4367 #endif
|
|
449
|
4368 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4369 }
|
|
477
|
4370 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL)
|
|
|
4371 {
|
|
|
4372 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
497
|
4373 if (spell_bad_len > 0)
|
|
|
4374 compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len;
|
|
|
4375 else
|
|
|
4376 compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol);
|
|
|
4377 if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol)
|
|
477
|
4378 return FAIL;
|
|
537
|
4379 spell_expand_check_cap(compl_col);
|
|
477
|
4380 compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col;
|
|
|
4381 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
4382 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
|
4383 #endif
|
|
|
4384 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4385 }
|
|
449
|
4386 else
|
|
|
4387 {
|
|
|
4388 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()");
|
|
|
4389 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4390 }
|
|
|
4391
|
|
|
4392 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
4393 {
|
|
|
4394 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding");
|
|
|
4395 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
4396 {
|
|
|
4397 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */
|
|
|
4398 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4399 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com;
|
|
|
4400
|
|
|
4401 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
4402 #endif
|
|
449
|
4403 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
4404 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
7
|
4405 ins_eol('\r');
|
|
|
4406 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4407 curbuf->b_p_com = old;
|
|
|
4408 #endif
|
|
449
|
4409 compl_length = 0;
|
|
|
4410 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7
|
4411 }
|
|
|
4412 }
|
|
|
4413 else
|
|
|
4414 {
|
|
|
4415 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
449
|
4416 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
|
4417 }
|
|
|
4418
|
|
|
4419 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
|
4420 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]);
|
|
7
|
4421 else
|
|
|
4422 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
|
4423
|
|
694
|
4424 /* Always add completion for the original text. */
|
|
|
4425 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
|
|
449
|
4426 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
4427 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text,
|
|
681
|
4428 -1, FALSE, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT) != OK)
|
|
449
|
4429 {
|
|
|
4430 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
4431 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
|
4432 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
|
|
|
4433 compl_orig_text = NULL;
|
|
7
|
4434 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4435 }
|
|
|
4436
|
|
|
4437 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must
|
|
|
4438 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no
|
|
|
4439 * longer needed. -- Acevedo.
|
|
|
4440 */
|
|
|
4441 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching...");
|
|
|
4442 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
4443 showmode();
|
|
|
4444 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
4445 out_flush();
|
|
|
4446 }
|
|
|
4447
|
|
449
|
4448 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
|
4449 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction;
|
|
7
|
4450
|
|
|
4451 /*
|
|
665
|
4452 * Find next match (and following matches).
|
|
7
|
4453 */
|
|
681
|
4454 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE, ins_compl_key2count(c), ins_compl_use_match(c));
|
|
449
|
4455
|
|
540
|
4456 /* may undisplay the popup menu */
|
|
|
4457 ins_compl_upd_pum();
|
|
|
4458
|
|
449
|
4459 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */
|
|
|
4460 compl_matches = n;
|
|
|
4461 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match;
|
|
|
4462 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir;
|
|
|
4463 compl_interrupted = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
4464
|
|
|
4465 /* eat the ESC to avoid leaving insert mode */
|
|
|
4466 if (got_int && !global_busy)
|
|
|
4467 {
|
|
|
4468 (void)vgetc();
|
|
|
4469 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
4470 }
|
|
|
4471
|
|
449
|
4472 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */
|
|
464
|
4473 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next)
|
|
449
|
4474 {
|
|
|
4475 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
4476 && compl_length > 1
|
|
7
|
4477 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf);
|
|
|
4478 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E;
|
|
|
4479 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode,
|
|
|
4480 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used
|
|
|
4481 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word
|
|
|
4482 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
4483 if ( compl_length > 1
|
|
|
4484 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
4485 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
|
4486 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
|
4487 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES))
|
|
449
|
4488 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
4489 }
|
|
|
4490
|
|
464
|
4491 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
449
|
4492 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
4493 else
|
|
449
|
4494 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
4495
|
|
|
4496 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL)
|
|
|
4497 {
|
|
464
|
4498 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
7
|
4499 {
|
|
|
4500 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original");
|
|
|
4501 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W;
|
|
|
4502 }
|
|
449
|
4503 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
7
|
4504 {
|
|
|
4505 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line");
|
|
|
4506 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
4507 }
|
|
464
|
4508 else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev)
|
|
7
|
4509 {
|
|
|
4510 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match");
|
|
|
4511 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
4512 }
|
|
|
4513 else
|
|
|
4514 {
|
|
|
4515 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */
|
|
464
|
4516 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1)
|
|
7
|
4517 {
|
|
464
|
4518 int number = 0;
|
|
|
4519 compl_T *match;
|
|
7
|
4520
|
|
449
|
4521 if (compl_direction == FORWARD)
|
|
7
|
4522 {
|
|
|
4523 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number.
|
|
|
4524 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop
|
|
|
4525 * cycle, so it's fast! */
|
|
464
|
4526 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL
|
|
|
4527 && match != compl_first_match;
|
|
|
4528 match = match->cp_prev)
|
|
|
4529 if (match->cp_number != -1)
|
|
7
|
4530 {
|
|
464
|
4531 number = match->cp_number;
|
|
7
|
4532 break;
|
|
|
4533 }
|
|
|
4534 if (match != NULL)
|
|
|
4535 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned
|
|
|
4536 * yet */
|
|
540
|
4537 for (match = match->cp_next;
|
|
|
4538 match != NULL && match->cp_number == -1;
|
|
464
|
4539 match = match->cp_next)
|
|
|
4540 match->cp_number = ++number;
|
|
7
|
4541 }
|
|
|
4542 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
|
4543 {
|
|
|
4544 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1)
|
|
|
4545 * number. This should normally succeed already at the
|
|
|
4546 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */
|
|
464
|
4547 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL
|
|
|
4548 && match != compl_first_match;
|
|
|
4549 match = match->cp_next)
|
|
|
4550 if (match->cp_number != -1)
|
|
7
|
4551 {
|
|
464
|
4552 number = match->cp_number;
|
|
7
|
4553 break;
|
|
|
4554 }
|
|
|
4555 if (match != NULL)
|
|
|
4556 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not
|
|
|
4557 * assigned yet */
|
|
464
|
4558 for (match = match->cp_prev; match
|
|
|
4559 && match->cp_number == -1;
|
|
|
4560 match = match->cp_prev)
|
|
|
4561 match->cp_number = ++number;
|
|
7
|
4562 }
|
|
|
4563 }
|
|
|
4564
|
|
540
|
4565 /* The match should always have a sequence number now, this is
|
|
|
4566 * just a safety check. */
|
|
464
|
4567 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1)
|
|
7
|
4568 {
|
|
|
4569 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s */
|
|
|
4570 static char_u match_ref[31];
|
|
|
4571
|
|
449
|
4572 if (compl_matches > 0)
|
|
7
|
4573 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d of %d"),
|
|
464
|
4574 compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches);
|
|
7
|
4575 else
|
|
449
|
4576 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d"),
|
|
464
|
4577 compl_curr_match->cp_number);
|
|
419
|
4578 vim_strncpy(match_ref, IObuff, 30);
|
|
7
|
4579 edit_submode_extra = match_ref;
|
|
|
4580 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R;
|
|
|
4581 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
|
4582 curs_columns(FALSE);
|
|
|
4583 }
|
|
|
4584 }
|
|
|
4585 }
|
|
|
4586
|
|
|
4587 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */
|
|
|
4588 showmode();
|
|
|
4589 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
|
|
|
4590 {
|
|
|
4591 if (!p_smd)
|
|
|
4592 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra,
|
|
|
4593 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT
|
|
|
4594 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0);
|
|
|
4595 }
|
|
|
4596 else
|
|
|
4597 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
|
4598
|
|
540
|
4599 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
|
4600
|
|
7
|
4601 return OK;
|
|
|
4602 }
|
|
|
4603
|
|
|
4604 /*
|
|
|
4605 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars.
|
|
|
4606 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with
|
|
|
4607 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated.
|
|
|
4608 * Returns the length (needed) of dest
|
|
|
4609 */
|
|
|
4610 static int
|
|
|
4611 quote_meta(dest, src, len)
|
|
|
4612 char_u *dest;
|
|
|
4613 char_u *src;
|
|
|
4614 int len;
|
|
|
4615 {
|
|
|
4616 int m;
|
|
|
4617
|
|
|
4618 for (m = len; --len >= 0; src++)
|
|
|
4619 {
|
|
|
4620 switch (*src)
|
|
|
4621 {
|
|
|
4622 case '.':
|
|
|
4623 case '*':
|
|
|
4624 case '[':
|
|
|
4625 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
|
4626 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
4627 break;
|
|
|
4628 case '~':
|
|
|
4629 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */
|
|
|
4630 break;
|
|
|
4631 case '\\':
|
|
|
4632 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
|
4633 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
4634 break;
|
|
|
4635 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */
|
|
|
4636 case '$':
|
|
|
4637 m++;
|
|
|
4638 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
4639 *dest++ = '\\';
|
|
|
4640 break;
|
|
|
4641 }
|
|
|
4642 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
4643 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
464
|
4644 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
7
|
4645 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */
|
|
|
4646 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4647 {
|
|
|
4648 int i, mb_len;
|
|
|
4649
|
|
474
|
4650 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1;
|
|
7
|
4651 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len)
|
|
|
4652 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i)
|
|
|
4653 {
|
|
|
4654 --len;
|
|
|
4655 ++src;
|
|
|
4656 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
4657 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
|
4658 }
|
|
|
4659 }
|
|
464
|
4660 # endif
|
|
7
|
4661 }
|
|
|
4662 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
4663 *dest = NUL;
|
|
|
4664
|
|
|
4665 return m;
|
|
|
4666 }
|
|
|
4667 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
4668
|
|
|
4669 /*
|
|
|
4670 * Next character is interpreted literally.
|
|
|
4671 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value.
|
|
|
4672 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc().
|
|
|
4673 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned.
|
|
|
4674 */
|
|
|
4675 int
|
|
|
4676 get_literal()
|
|
|
4677 {
|
|
|
4678 int cc;
|
|
|
4679 int nc;
|
|
|
4680 int i;
|
|
|
4681 int hex = FALSE;
|
|
|
4682 int octal = FALSE;
|
|
|
4683 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4684 int unicode = 0;
|
|
|
4685 #endif
|
|
|
4686
|
|
|
4687 if (got_int)
|
|
|
4688 return Ctrl_C;
|
|
|
4689
|
|
|
4690 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
4691 /*
|
|
|
4692 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key.
|
|
|
4693 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would
|
|
|
4694 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be
|
|
|
4695 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb
|
|
|
4696 */
|
|
|
4697 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
4698 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
4699 #endif
|
|
|
4700 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
4701 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
4702 #endif
|
|
|
4703 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
|
4704 cc = 0;
|
|
|
4705 i = 0;
|
|
|
4706 for (;;)
|
|
|
4707 {
|
|
|
4708 do
|
|
|
4709 nc = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
4710 while (nc == K_IGNORE || nc == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
|
|
|
4711 || nc == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR);
|
|
|
4712 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
4713 if (!(State & CMDLINE)
|
|
|
4714 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4715 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1
|
|
|
4716 # endif
|
|
|
4717 )
|
|
|
4718 add_to_showcmd(nc);
|
|
|
4719 #endif
|
|
|
4720 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X')
|
|
|
4721 hex = TRUE;
|
|
|
4722 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O')
|
|
|
4723 octal = TRUE;
|
|
|
4724 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4725 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U')
|
|
|
4726 unicode = nc;
|
|
|
4727 #endif
|
|
|
4728 else
|
|
|
4729 {
|
|
|
4730 if (hex
|
|
|
4731 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4732 || unicode != 0
|
|
|
4733 #endif
|
|
|
4734 )
|
|
|
4735 {
|
|
|
4736 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc))
|
|
|
4737 break;
|
|
|
4738 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc);
|
|
|
4739 }
|
|
|
4740 else if (octal)
|
|
|
4741 {
|
|
|
4742 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7')
|
|
|
4743 break;
|
|
|
4744 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0';
|
|
|
4745 }
|
|
|
4746 else
|
|
|
4747 {
|
|
|
4748 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc))
|
|
|
4749 break;
|
|
|
4750 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0';
|
|
|
4751 }
|
|
|
4752
|
|
|
4753 ++i;
|
|
|
4754 }
|
|
|
4755
|
|
|
4756 if (cc > 255
|
|
|
4757 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4758 && unicode == 0
|
|
|
4759 #endif
|
|
|
4760 )
|
|
|
4761 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */
|
|
|
4762 nc = 0;
|
|
|
4763
|
|
|
4764 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */
|
|
|
4765 {
|
|
|
4766 if (i >= 2)
|
|
|
4767 break;
|
|
|
4768 }
|
|
|
4769 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4770 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */
|
|
|
4771 {
|
|
|
4772 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8))
|
|
|
4773 break;
|
|
|
4774 }
|
|
|
4775 #endif
|
|
|
4776 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */
|
|
|
4777 break;
|
|
|
4778 }
|
|
|
4779 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */
|
|
|
4780 {
|
|
|
4781 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
|
4782 {
|
|
|
4783 cc = '\n';
|
|
|
4784 nc = 0;
|
|
|
4785 }
|
|
|
4786 else
|
|
|
4787 {
|
|
|
4788 cc = nc;
|
|
|
4789 nc = 0;
|
|
|
4790 }
|
|
|
4791 }
|
|
|
4792
|
|
|
4793 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
|
4794 cc = '\n';
|
|
221
|
4795 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4796 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0)
|
|
|
4797 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the
|
|
|
4798 second byte will cause trouble! */
|
|
|
4799 #endif
|
|
7
|
4800
|
|
|
4801 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
4802 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
4803 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
4804 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
4805 #endif
|
|
|
4806 if (nc)
|
|
|
4807 vungetc(nc);
|
|
|
4808 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */
|
|
|
4809 return cc;
|
|
|
4810 }
|
|
|
4811
|
|
|
4812 /*
|
|
|
4813 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask
|
|
|
4814 */
|
|
|
4815 static void
|
|
|
4816 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv)
|
|
|
4817 int c;
|
|
|
4818 int allow_modmask;
|
|
|
4819 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */
|
|
|
4820 {
|
|
|
4821 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4822 int len;
|
|
|
4823
|
|
|
4824 /*
|
|
|
4825 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is
|
|
|
4826 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace
|
|
|
4827 * mode.
|
|
|
4828 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>,
|
|
|
4829 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE.
|
|
|
4830 */
|
|
|
4831 #ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
4832 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */
|
|
|
4833 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD)
|
|
|
4834 allow_modmask = TRUE;
|
|
|
4835 #endif
|
|
|
4836 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask))
|
|
|
4837 {
|
|
|
4838 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask);
|
|
|
4839 len = (int)STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
4840 c = p[len - 1];
|
|
|
4841 if (len > 2)
|
|
|
4842 {
|
|
|
4843 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
4844 return;
|
|
|
4845 p[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
4846 ins_str(p);
|
|
620
|
4847 AppendToRedobuffLit(p, -1);
|
|
7
|
4848 ctrlv = FALSE;
|
|
|
4849 }
|
|
|
4850 }
|
|
|
4851 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
4852 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1);
|
|
|
4853 }
|
|
|
4854
|
|
|
4855 /*
|
|
|
4856 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other
|
|
|
4857 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC
|
|
|
4858 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to
|
|
|
4859 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by
|
|
|
4860 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should
|
|
|
4861 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism.
|
|
|
4862 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D.
|
|
|
4863 */
|
|
|
4864 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
4865 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
|
4866 #else
|
|
|
4867 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
|
4868 #endif
|
|
|
4869
|
|
|
4870 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4871 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1))))
|
|
|
4872 #else
|
|
|
4873 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc)
|
|
|
4874 #endif
|
|
|
4875
|
|
|
4876 void
|
|
|
4877 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent)
|
|
|
4878 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */
|
|
|
4879 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */
|
|
|
4880 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */
|
|
|
4881 {
|
|
|
4882 int textwidth;
|
|
|
4883 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4884 char_u *p;
|
|
667
|
4885 #endif
|
|
7
|
4886 int fo_ins_blank;
|
|
|
4887
|
|
|
4888 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT);
|
|
|
4889 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
|
|
|
4890
|
|
|
4891 /*
|
|
|
4892 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when:
|
|
|
4893 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only.
|
|
|
4894 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line
|
|
|
4895 * ends in white space.
|
|
|
4896 * - Otherwise:
|
|
|
4897 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank
|
|
|
4898 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless
|
|
|
4899 * we're in VREPLACE mode.
|
|
|
4900 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started
|
|
|
4901 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long
|
|
|
4902 * before the insert.
|
|
|
4903 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or
|
|
|
4904 * before 'textwidth'
|
|
|
4905 */
|
|
667
|
4906 if (textwidth > 0
|
|
7
|
4907 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
4908 || (!vim_iswhite(c)
|
|
|
4909 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4910 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4911 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4912 #endif
|
|
|
4913 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
4914 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
4915 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG)
|
|
|
4916 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
4917 && (!fo_ins_blank
|
|
|
4918 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth
|
|
|
4919 ))))))
|
|
|
4920 {
|
|
667
|
4921 /* Format with 'formatexpr' when it's set. Use internal formatting
|
|
|
4922 * when 'formatexpr' isn't set or it returns non-zero. */
|
|
|
4923 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
|
|
|
4924 if (*curbuf->b_p_fex == NUL
|
|
|
4925 || fex_format(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L) != 0)
|
|
|
4926 #endif
|
|
|
4927 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, c == NUL);
|
|
|
4928 }
|
|
|
4929
|
|
7
|
4930 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */
|
|
|
4931 return;
|
|
|
4932
|
|
|
4933 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4934 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */
|
|
|
4935 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending)
|
|
|
4936 {
|
|
|
4937 char_u *line;
|
|
|
4938 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
|
|
|
4939 int middle_len, end_len;
|
|
|
4940 int i;
|
|
|
4941
|
|
|
4942 /*
|
|
|
4943 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end
|
|
|
4944 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find.
|
|
|
4945 */
|
|
|
4946 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE);
|
|
|
4947 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */
|
|
|
4948 {
|
|
|
4949 /* Skip middle-comment string */
|
|
|
4950 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
|
|
|
4951 ++p;
|
|
|
4952 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
4953 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */
|
|
|
4954 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1]))
|
|
|
4955 --middle_len;
|
|
|
4956
|
|
|
4957 /* Find the end-comment string */
|
|
|
4958 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
|
|
|
4959 ++p;
|
|
|
4960 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
4961
|
|
|
4962 /* Skip white space before the cursor */
|
|
|
4963 i = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4964 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]))
|
|
|
4965 ;
|
|
|
4966 i++;
|
|
|
4967
|
|
|
4968 /* Skip to before the middle leader */
|
|
|
4969 i -= middle_len;
|
|
|
4970
|
|
|
4971 /* Check some expected things before we go on */
|
|
|
4972 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending)
|
|
|
4973 {
|
|
|
4974 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */
|
|
|
4975 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
|
4976
|
|
|
4977 /*
|
|
|
4978 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last
|
|
|
4979 * character, which will get inserted as normal later.
|
|
|
4980 */
|
|
|
4981 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1);
|
|
|
4982 }
|
|
|
4983 }
|
|
|
4984 }
|
|
|
4985 end_comment_pending = NUL;
|
|
|
4986 #endif
|
|
|
4987
|
|
|
4988 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
4989 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
4990 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4991 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4992 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
4993 #endif
|
|
|
4994
|
|
|
4995 /*
|
|
|
4996 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once.
|
|
|
4997 * This speeds up normal text input considerably.
|
|
|
4998 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might
|
|
|
4999 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what
|
|
|
5000 * 'paste' is set)..
|
|
|
5001 */
|
|
|
5002 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
5003 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
|
5004 #endif
|
|
|
5005
|
|
|
5006 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
|
5007 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5008 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1)
|
|
|
5009 #endif
|
|
|
5010 && vpeekc() != NUL
|
|
|
5011 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5012 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
5013 && !cindent_on()
|
|
|
5014 #endif
|
|
|
5015 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
5016 && !p_ri
|
|
|
5017 #endif
|
|
|
5018 )
|
|
|
5019 {
|
|
|
5020 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100
|
|
|
5021 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1];
|
|
|
5022 int i;
|
|
|
5023 colnr_T virtcol = 0;
|
|
|
5024
|
|
|
5025 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
5026 i = 1;
|
|
667
|
5027 if (textwidth > 0)
|
|
7
|
5028 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
5029 /*
|
|
|
5030 * Stop the string when:
|
|
|
5031 * - no more chars available
|
|
|
5032 * - finding a special character (command key)
|
|
|
5033 * - buffer is full
|
|
|
5034 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary
|
|
|
5035 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char
|
|
|
5036 */
|
|
|
5037 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL
|
|
|
5038 && !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
|
5039 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5040 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1)
|
|
|
5041 #endif
|
|
|
5042 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN
|
|
|
5043 && (textwidth == 0
|
|
|
5044 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
5045 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1])))
|
|
|
5046 {
|
|
|
5047 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
5048 c = vgetc();
|
|
|
5049 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
5050 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
|
5051 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
5052 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
5053 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
|
5054 # endif
|
|
|
5055 buf[i++] = c;
|
|
|
5056 #else
|
|
|
5057 buf[i++] = vgetc();
|
|
|
5058 #endif
|
|
|
5059 }
|
|
|
5060
|
|
|
5061 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
5062 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
|
5063 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */
|
|
|
5064 #endif
|
|
|
5065 buf[i] = NUL;
|
|
|
5066 ins_str(buf);
|
|
|
5067 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
|
5068 {
|
|
|
5069 redo_literal(*buf);
|
|
|
5070 i = 1;
|
|
|
5071 }
|
|
|
5072 else
|
|
|
5073 i = 0;
|
|
|
5074 if (buf[i] != NUL)
|
|
620
|
5075 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i, -1);
|
|
7
|
5076 }
|
|
|
5077 else
|
|
|
5078 {
|
|
|
5079 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
667
|
5080 int cc;
|
|
|
5081
|
|
7
|
5082 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
|
|
|
5083 {
|
|
|
5084 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
|
|
|
5085
|
|
|
5086 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
|
|
|
5087 buf[cc] = NUL;
|
|
|
5088 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
|
|
|
5089 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
5090 }
|
|
|
5091 else
|
|
|
5092 #endif
|
|
|
5093 {
|
|
|
5094 ins_char(c);
|
|
|
5095 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
|
5096 redo_literal(c);
|
|
|
5097 else
|
|
|
5098 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
5099 }
|
|
|
5100 }
|
|
|
5101 }
|
|
|
5102
|
|
|
5103 /*
|
|
667
|
5104 * Format text at the current insert position.
|
|
|
5105 */
|
|
|
5106 static void
|
|
|
5107 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, format_only)
|
|
|
5108 int textwidth;
|
|
|
5109 int second_indent;
|
|
|
5110 int flags;
|
|
|
5111 int format_only;
|
|
|
5112 {
|
|
|
5113 int cc;
|
|
|
5114 int save_char = NUL;
|
|
|
5115 int haveto_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
5116 int fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
|
|
|
5117 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5118 int fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK);
|
|
|
5119 #endif
|
|
|
5120 int fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR);
|
|
|
5121 int first_line = TRUE;
|
|
|
5122 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5123 colnr_T leader_len;
|
|
|
5124 int no_leader = FALSE;
|
|
|
5125 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM);
|
|
|
5126 #endif
|
|
|
5127
|
|
|
5128 /*
|
|
|
5129 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be
|
|
|
5130 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily.
|
|
|
5131 */
|
|
|
5132 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
5133 {
|
|
|
5134 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5135 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
5136 {
|
|
|
5137 save_char = cc;
|
|
|
5138 pchar_cursor('x');
|
|
|
5139 }
|
|
|
5140 }
|
|
|
5141
|
|
|
5142 /*
|
|
|
5143 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long.
|
|
|
5144 */
|
|
|
5145 while (!got_int)
|
|
|
5146 {
|
|
|
5147 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */
|
|
|
5148 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */
|
|
|
5149 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */
|
|
|
5150 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */
|
|
|
5151 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
5152 colnr_T virtcol;
|
|
|
5153 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5154 int orig_col = 0;
|
|
|
5155 char_u *saved_text = NULL;
|
|
|
5156 #endif
|
|
|
5157 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
5158
|
|
|
5159 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
5160 if (virtcol < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
5161 break;
|
|
|
5162
|
|
|
5163 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5164 if (no_leader)
|
|
|
5165 do_comments = FALSE;
|
|
|
5166 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
5167 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS))
|
|
|
5168 do_comments = TRUE;
|
|
|
5169
|
|
|
5170 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
|
5171 if (do_comments)
|
|
|
5172 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE);
|
|
|
5173 else
|
|
|
5174 leader_len = 0;
|
|
|
5175
|
|
|
5176 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't
|
|
|
5177 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word
|
|
|
5178 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines
|
|
|
5179 * to start with %. */
|
|
|
5180 if (leader_len == 0)
|
|
|
5181 no_leader = TRUE;
|
|
|
5182 #endif
|
|
|
5183 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
5184 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5185 && leader_len == 0
|
|
|
5186 #endif
|
|
|
5187 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP))
|
|
|
5188
|
|
|
5189 {
|
|
|
5190 textwidth = 0;
|
|
|
5191 break;
|
|
|
5192 }
|
|
|
5193 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0)
|
|
|
5194 break;
|
|
|
5195
|
|
|
5196 /* find column of textwidth border */
|
|
|
5197 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth);
|
|
|
5198 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5199
|
|
|
5200 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol - 1;
|
|
|
5201 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5202 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
5203 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5204 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
5205 #endif
|
|
|
5206 foundcol = 0;
|
|
|
5207
|
|
|
5208 /*
|
|
|
5209 * Find position to break at.
|
|
|
5210 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v'
|
|
|
5211 */
|
|
|
5212 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI))
|
|
|
5213 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
5214 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
|
5215 {
|
|
|
5216 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5217 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
5218 {
|
|
|
5219 /* remember position of blank just before text */
|
|
|
5220 end_foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5221
|
|
|
5222 /* find start of sequence of blanks */
|
|
|
5223 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
5224 {
|
|
|
5225 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5226 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5227 }
|
|
|
5228 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
5229 break; /* only spaces in front of text */
|
|
|
5230 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5231 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
|
5232 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len)
|
|
|
5233 break;
|
|
|
5234 #endif
|
|
|
5235 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
|
5236 {
|
|
|
5237 /* do not break after one-letter words */
|
|
|
5238 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
5239 break; /* one-letter word at begin */
|
|
|
5240
|
|
|
5241 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5242 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5243 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5244
|
|
|
5245 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
5246 continue; /* one-letter, continue */
|
|
|
5247 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
5248 }
|
|
|
5249 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5250 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5251 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
5252 + (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
5253 else
|
|
|
5254 #endif
|
|
|
5255 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1;
|
|
|
5256 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
5257 break;
|
|
|
5258 }
|
|
|
5259 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5260 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte
|
|
|
5261 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
5262 {
|
|
|
5263 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
5264 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5265 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
5266 foundcol += (*mb_char2len)(cc);
|
|
|
5267 end_foundcol = foundcol;
|
|
|
5268 break;
|
|
|
5269 }
|
|
|
5270 #endif
|
|
|
5271 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
5272 break;
|
|
|
5273 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5274 }
|
|
|
5275
|
|
|
5276 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */
|
|
|
5277 {
|
|
|
5278 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol;
|
|
|
5279 break;
|
|
|
5280 }
|
|
|
5281
|
|
|
5282 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */
|
|
|
5283 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
5284
|
|
|
5285 /*
|
|
|
5286 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace
|
|
|
5287 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces
|
|
|
5288 * over the text instead.
|
|
|
5289 */
|
|
|
5290 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5291 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5292 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */
|
|
|
5293 else
|
|
|
5294 #endif
|
|
|
5295 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol - 1;
|
|
|
5296
|
|
|
5297 /*
|
|
|
5298 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and
|
|
|
5299 * characters that will remain on top line
|
|
|
5300 */
|
|
|
5301 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
|
5302 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
5303 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
5304 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5305 if (startcol < 0)
|
|
|
5306 startcol = 0;
|
|
|
5307
|
|
|
5308 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5309 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5310 {
|
|
|
5311 /*
|
|
|
5312 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be
|
|
|
5313 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line.
|
|
|
5314 */
|
|
|
5315 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
5316 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
|
5317 if (saved_text == NULL)
|
|
|
5318 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */
|
|
|
5319 saved_text[startcol] = NUL;
|
|
|
5320
|
|
|
5321 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */
|
|
|
5322 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
|
5323 backspace_until_column(foundcol);
|
|
|
5324 }
|
|
|
5325 else
|
|
|
5326 #endif
|
|
|
5327 {
|
|
|
5328 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */
|
|
|
5329 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
|
5330 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
|
5331 }
|
|
|
5332
|
|
|
5333 /*
|
|
|
5334 * Split the line just before the margin.
|
|
|
5335 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window.
|
|
|
5336 */
|
|
|
5337 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX
|
|
|
5338 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0)
|
|
|
5339 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5340 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0)
|
|
|
5341 #endif
|
|
|
5342 , old_indent);
|
|
|
5343 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
5344
|
|
|
5345 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
|
5346 if (first_line)
|
|
|
5347 {
|
|
|
5348 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER))
|
|
|
5349 second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum -1);
|
|
|
5350 if (second_indent >= 0)
|
|
|
5351 {
|
|
|
5352 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5353 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5354 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, FALSE, NUL);
|
|
|
5355 else
|
|
|
5356 #endif
|
|
|
5357 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
5358 }
|
|
|
5359 first_line = FALSE;
|
|
|
5360 }
|
|
|
5361
|
|
|
5362 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5363 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5364 {
|
|
|
5365 /*
|
|
|
5366 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be
|
|
|
5367 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line.
|
|
|
5368 */
|
|
|
5369 ins_bytes(saved_text);
|
|
|
5370 vim_free(saved_text);
|
|
|
5371 }
|
|
|
5372 else
|
|
|
5373 #endif
|
|
|
5374 {
|
|
|
5375 /*
|
|
|
5376 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent
|
|
|
5377 * may have added or removed indent.
|
|
|
5378 */
|
|
|
5379 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol;
|
|
|
5380 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
5381 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len)
|
|
|
5382 curwin->w_cursor.col = len;
|
|
|
5383 }
|
|
|
5384
|
|
|
5385 haveto_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
5386 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
5387 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
5388 #endif
|
|
|
5389 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */
|
|
|
5390 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
5391 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
5392 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
5393 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
5394 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
5395 #endif
|
|
|
5396 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
5397 }
|
|
|
5398
|
|
|
5399 if (save_char != NUL) /* put back space after cursor */
|
|
|
5400 pchar_cursor(save_char);
|
|
|
5401
|
|
|
5402 if (!format_only && haveto_redraw)
|
|
|
5403 {
|
|
|
5404 update_topline();
|
|
|
5405 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID);
|
|
|
5406 }
|
|
|
5407 }
|
|
|
5408
|
|
|
5409 /*
|
|
7
|
5410 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the
|
|
|
5411 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph.
|
|
|
5412 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text.
|
|
|
5413 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be
|
|
|
5414 * saved here.
|
|
|
5415 */
|
|
|
5416 void
|
|
|
5417 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line)
|
|
|
5418 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */
|
|
|
5419 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */
|
|
|
5420 {
|
|
|
5421 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
5422 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
5423 char_u *old;
|
|
|
5424 char_u *new, *pnew;
|
|
|
5425 int wasatend;
|
|
301
|
5426 int cc;
|
|
7
|
5427
|
|
|
5428 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
|
5429 return;
|
|
|
5430
|
|
|
5431 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5432 old = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5433
|
|
|
5434 /* may remove added space */
|
|
|
5435 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
|
5436
|
|
|
5437 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the
|
|
|
5438 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is
|
|
|
5439 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor.
|
|
|
5440 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white
|
|
|
5441 * next they are not joined back together. */
|
|
|
5442 wasatend = (pos.col == STRLEN(old));
|
|
|
5443 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend)
|
|
|
5444 {
|
|
|
5445 dec_cursor();
|
|
301
|
5446 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5447 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
|
|
|
5448 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
7
|
5449 dec_cursor();
|
|
301
|
5450 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5451 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
7
|
5452 {
|
|
|
5453 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
5454 return;
|
|
|
5455 }
|
|
|
5456 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
5457 }
|
|
|
5458
|
|
|
5459 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5460 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format
|
|
|
5461 * comments. */
|
|
|
5462 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)
|
|
|
5463 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE) == 0)
|
|
|
5464 return;
|
|
|
5465 #endif
|
|
|
5466
|
|
|
5467 /*
|
|
|
5468 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is
|
|
|
5469 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not
|
|
|
5470 * the start of a paragraph.
|
|
|
5471 */
|
|
|
5472 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
5473 {
|
|
|
5474 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
5475 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL)
|
|
|
5476 return;
|
|
|
5477 }
|
|
|
5478
|
|
|
5479 /*
|
|
|
5480 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will
|
|
|
5481 * be adjusted for the text formatting.
|
|
|
5482 */
|
|
|
5483 saved_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
5484 format_lines((linenr_T)-1);
|
|
|
5485 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor;
|
|
|
5486 saved_cursor.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
5487
|
|
|
5488 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5489 {
|
|
|
5490 /* "cannot happen" */
|
|
|
5491 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5492 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
5493 }
|
|
|
5494 else
|
|
|
5495 check_cursor_col();
|
|
|
5496
|
|
|
5497 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it
|
|
|
5498 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we
|
|
|
5499 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph
|
|
|
5500 * formatted. */
|
|
|
5501 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
|
|
|
5502 {
|
|
|
5503 new = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5504 len = STRLEN(new);
|
|
|
5505 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len)
|
|
|
5506 {
|
|
|
5507 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2);
|
|
|
5508 pnew[len] = ' ';
|
|
|
5509 pnew[len + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
5510 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE);
|
|
|
5511 /* remove the space later */
|
|
|
5512 did_add_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
5513 }
|
|
|
5514 else
|
|
|
5515 /* may remove added space */
|
|
|
5516 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
|
5517 }
|
|
|
5518
|
|
|
5519 check_cursor();
|
|
|
5520 }
|
|
|
5521
|
|
|
5522 /*
|
|
|
5523 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting,
|
|
|
5524 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert
|
|
|
5525 * position.
|
|
|
5526 */
|
|
|
5527 static void
|
|
|
5528 check_auto_format(end_insert)
|
|
|
5529 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */
|
|
|
5530 {
|
|
|
5531 int c = ' ';
|
|
301
|
5532 int cc;
|
|
7
|
5533
|
|
|
5534 if (did_add_space)
|
|
|
5535 {
|
|
301
|
5536 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5537 if (!WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
7
|
5538 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */
|
|
|
5539 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
5540 else
|
|
|
5541 {
|
|
|
5542 if (!end_insert)
|
|
|
5543 {
|
|
|
5544 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
5545 c = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5546 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5547 }
|
|
|
5548 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
5549 {
|
|
|
5550 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */
|
|
|
5551 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
5552 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
5553 }
|
|
|
5554 }
|
|
|
5555 }
|
|
|
5556 }
|
|
|
5557
|
|
|
5558 /*
|
|
|
5559 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting:
|
|
|
5560 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it
|
|
|
5561 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin'
|
|
|
5562 * if invalid value, use 0.
|
|
|
5563 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator.
|
|
|
5564 */
|
|
|
5565 int
|
|
|
5566 comp_textwidth(ff)
|
|
|
5567 int ff; /* force formatting (for "Q" command) */
|
|
|
5568 {
|
|
|
5569 int textwidth;
|
|
|
5570
|
|
|
5571 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
|
5572 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm)
|
|
|
5573 {
|
|
|
5574 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the
|
|
|
5575 * things that add to the margin. */
|
|
|
5576 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm;
|
|
|
5577 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
5578 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
5579 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
|
5580 #endif
|
|
|
5581 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5582 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc;
|
|
|
5583 #endif
|
|
|
5584 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
|
|
|
5585 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL
|
|
|
5586 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
5587 || usingNetbeans
|
|
|
5588 # endif
|
|
|
5589 )
|
|
|
5590 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
|
5591 #endif
|
|
|
5592 if (curwin->w_p_nu)
|
|
|
5593 textwidth -= 8;
|
|
|
5594 }
|
|
|
5595 if (textwidth < 0)
|
|
|
5596 textwidth = 0;
|
|
|
5597 if (ff && textwidth == 0)
|
|
|
5598 {
|
|
|
5599 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1;
|
|
|
5600 if (textwidth > 79)
|
|
|
5601 textwidth = 79;
|
|
|
5602 }
|
|
|
5603 return textwidth;
|
|
|
5604 }
|
|
|
5605
|
|
|
5606 /*
|
|
|
5607 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V.
|
|
|
5608 */
|
|
|
5609 static void
|
|
|
5610 redo_literal(c)
|
|
|
5611 int c;
|
|
|
5612 {
|
|
|
5613 char_u buf[10];
|
|
|
5614
|
|
|
5615 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of
|
|
|
5616 * three digits. */
|
|
|
5617 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
|
|
|
5618 {
|
|
|
5619 sprintf((char *)buf, "%03d", c);
|
|
|
5620 AppendToRedobuff(buf);
|
|
|
5621 }
|
|
|
5622 else
|
|
|
5623 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
5624 }
|
|
|
5625
|
|
|
5626 /*
|
|
|
5627 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode.
|
|
484
|
5628 * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key.
|
|
7
|
5629 */
|
|
|
5630 static void
|
|
|
5631 start_arrow(end_insert_pos)
|
|
|
5632 pos_T *end_insert_pos;
|
|
|
5633 {
|
|
|
5634 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */
|
|
|
5635 {
|
|
|
5636 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR);
|
|
|
5637 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE);
|
|
|
5638 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */
|
|
|
5639 }
|
|
221
|
5640 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
5641 check_spell_redraw();
|
|
|
5642 #endif
|
|
7
|
5643 }
|
|
|
5644
|
|
221
|
5645 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
5646 /*
|
|
|
5647 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now.
|
|
|
5648 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first.
|
|
|
5649 */
|
|
|
5650 static void
|
|
|
5651 check_spell_redraw()
|
|
|
5652 {
|
|
|
5653 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0)
|
|
|
5654 {
|
|
|
5655 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum;
|
|
|
5656
|
|
|
5657 spell_redraw_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
5658 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
5659 }
|
|
|
5660 }
|
|
484
|
5661
|
|
|
5662 /*
|
|
|
5663 * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly
|
|
|
5664 * spelled word, if there is one.
|
|
|
5665 */
|
|
|
5666 static void
|
|
|
5667 spell_back_to_badword()
|
|
|
5668 {
|
|
|
5669 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5670
|
|
499
|
5671 spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL);
|
|
484
|
5672 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col)
|
|
|
5673 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
5674 }
|
|
221
|
5675 #endif
|
|
|
5676
|
|
7
|
5677 /*
|
|
|
5678 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode.
|
|
|
5679 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion.
|
|
|
5680 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then.
|
|
|
5681 */
|
|
|
5682 int
|
|
|
5683 stop_arrow()
|
|
|
5684 {
|
|
|
5685 if (arrow_used)
|
|
|
5686 {
|
|
|
5687 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
|
5688 {
|
|
|
5689 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
5690 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
|
5691 }
|
|
|
5692 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */
|
|
|
5693 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
5694 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
5695 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5696 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5697 {
|
|
|
5698 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5699 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
|
5700 }
|
|
|
5701 #endif
|
|
|
5702 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
5703 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */
|
|
613
|
5704 new_insert_skip = 2;
|
|
7
|
5705 }
|
|
|
5706 else if (ins_need_undo)
|
|
|
5707 {
|
|
|
5708 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
|
5709 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
|
5710 }
|
|
|
5711
|
|
|
5712 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5713 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */
|
|
|
5714 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
5715 #endif
|
|
|
5716
|
|
|
5717 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK);
|
|
|
5718 }
|
|
|
5719
|
|
|
5720 /*
|
|
|
5721 * do a few things to stop inserting
|
|
|
5722 */
|
|
|
5723 static void
|
|
|
5724 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc)
|
|
603
|
5725 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* where insert ended */
|
|
|
5726 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */
|
|
7
|
5727 {
|
|
603
|
5728 int cc;
|
|
|
5729 char_u *ptr;
|
|
7
|
5730
|
|
|
5731 stop_redo_ins();
|
|
|
5732 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */
|
|
|
5733
|
|
|
5734 /*
|
|
603
|
5735 * Save the inserted text for later redo with ^@ and CTRL-A.
|
|
|
5736 * Don't do it when "restart_edit" was set and nothing was inserted,
|
|
|
5737 * otherwise CTRL-O w and then <Left> will clear "last_insert".
|
|
7
|
5738 */
|
|
603
|
5739 ptr = get_inserted();
|
|
615
|
5740 if (did_restart_edit == 0 || (ptr != NULL
|
|
|
5741 && (int)STRLEN(ptr) > new_insert_skip))
|
|
603
|
5742 {
|
|
|
5743 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
5744 last_insert = ptr;
|
|
|
5745 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip;
|
|
|
5746 }
|
|
|
5747 else
|
|
|
5748 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
7
|
5749
|
|
|
5750 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
5751 {
|
|
|
5752 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an
|
|
|
5753 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending
|
|
|
5754 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something
|
|
|
5755 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */
|
|
10
|
5756 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
7
|
5757 {
|
|
10
|
5758 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5759
|
|
7
|
5760 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the
|
|
|
5761 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by
|
|
|
5762 * moving the cursor onto the space. */
|
|
|
5763 cc = 'x';
|
|
|
5764 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
5765 {
|
|
|
5766 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5767 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5768 if (!vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
10
|
5769 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
7
|
5770 }
|
|
|
5771
|
|
|
5772 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5773
|
|
10
|
5774 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
5775 {
|
|
|
5776 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
5777 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
5778 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5779 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep
|
|
|
5780 * the "coladd". */
|
|
|
5781 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
|
5782 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum
|
|
|
5783 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col)
|
|
|
5784 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd;
|
|
|
5785 #endif
|
|
|
5786 }
|
|
7
|
5787 }
|
|
|
5788
|
|
|
5789 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */
|
|
|
5790 check_auto_format(TRUE);
|
|
|
5791
|
|
|
5792 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end
|
|
10
|
5793 * of the line, and put the cursor back.
|
|
|
5794 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. */
|
|
|
5795 if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL
|
|
|
5796 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)))
|
|
7
|
5797 {
|
|
10
|
5798 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5799
|
|
|
5800 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
7
|
5801 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
5802 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5803 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
5804 (void)del_char(TRUE);
|
|
10
|
5805 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum)
|
|
|
5806 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
|
5807 else if (cc != NUL)
|
|
7
|
5808 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */
|
|
|
5809
|
|
|
5810 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
5811 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for
|
|
|
5812 * deleted characters. */
|
|
|
5813 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
|
5814 {
|
|
|
5815 cc = STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
5816 if (VIsual.col > (colnr_T)cc)
|
|
|
5817 {
|
|
|
5818 VIsual.col = cc;
|
|
|
5819 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5820 VIsual.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
5821 # endif
|
|
|
5822 }
|
|
|
5823 }
|
|
|
5824 #endif
|
|
|
5825 }
|
|
|
5826 }
|
|
|
5827 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
5828 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
5829 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
5830 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
5831 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
5832 #endif
|
|
|
5833
|
|
|
5834 /* set '[ and '] to the inserted text */
|
|
|
5835 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart;
|
|
|
5836 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
|
5837 }
|
|
|
5838
|
|
|
5839 /*
|
|
|
5840 * Set the last inserted text to a single character.
|
|
|
5841 * Used for the replace command.
|
|
|
5842 */
|
|
|
5843 void
|
|
|
5844 set_last_insert(c)
|
|
|
5845 int c;
|
|
|
5846 {
|
|
|
5847 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5848
|
|
|
5849 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
5850 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5851 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5);
|
|
|
5852 #else
|
|
|
5853 last_insert = alloc(6);
|
|
|
5854 #endif
|
|
|
5855 if (last_insert != NULL)
|
|
|
5856 {
|
|
|
5857 s = last_insert;
|
|
|
5858 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */
|
|
|
5859 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL)
|
|
|
5860 *s++ = Ctrl_V;
|
|
|
5861 s = add_char2buf(c, s);
|
|
|
5862 *s++ = ESC;
|
|
|
5863 *s++ = NUL;
|
|
|
5864 last_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
|
5865 }
|
|
|
5866 }
|
|
|
5867
|
|
359
|
5868 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5869 void
|
|
|
5870 free_last_insert()
|
|
|
5871 {
|
|
|
5872 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
5873 last_insert = NULL;
|
|
694
|
5874 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
|
|
|
5875 compl_orig_text = NULL;
|
|
359
|
5876 }
|
|
|
5877 #endif
|
|
|
5878
|
|
7
|
5879 /*
|
|
|
5880 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL
|
|
|
5881 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
5882 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes.
|
|
|
5883 */
|
|
|
5884 char_u *
|
|
|
5885 add_char2buf(c, s)
|
|
|
5886 int c;
|
|
|
5887 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5888 {
|
|
|
5889 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5890 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
5891 int i;
|
|
|
5892 int len;
|
|
|
5893
|
|
|
5894 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp);
|
|
|
5895 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
|
|
|
5896 {
|
|
|
5897 c = temp[i];
|
|
|
5898 #endif
|
|
|
5899 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */
|
|
|
5900 if (c == K_SPECIAL)
|
|
|
5901 {
|
|
|
5902 *s++ = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
5903 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
5904 *s++ = KE_FILLER;
|
|
|
5905 }
|
|
|
5906 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
5907 else if (c == CSI)
|
|
|
5908 {
|
|
|
5909 *s++ = CSI;
|
|
|
5910 *s++ = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
5911 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI;
|
|
|
5912 }
|
|
|
5913 #endif
|
|
|
5914 else
|
|
|
5915 *s++ = c;
|
|
|
5916 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5917 }
|
|
|
5918 #endif
|
|
|
5919 return s;
|
|
|
5920 }
|
|
|
5921
|
|
|
5922 /*
|
|
|
5923 * move cursor to start of line
|
|
|
5924 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white
|
|
|
5925 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set,
|
|
|
5926 * otherwise keep "curswant" column
|
|
|
5927 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL.
|
|
|
5928 */
|
|
|
5929 void
|
|
|
5930 beginline(flags)
|
|
|
5931 int flags;
|
|
|
5932 {
|
|
|
5933 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol)
|
|
|
5934 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
5935 else
|
|
|
5936 {
|
|
|
5937 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
5938 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5939 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
5940 #endif
|
|
|
5941
|
|
|
5942 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL))
|
|
|
5943 {
|
|
|
5944 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5945
|
|
|
5946 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr)
|
|
|
5947 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr)
|
|
|
5948 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5949 }
|
|
|
5950 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5951 }
|
|
|
5952 }
|
|
|
5953
|
|
|
5954 /*
|
|
|
5955 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up
|
|
|
5956 *
|
|
|
5957 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}.
|
|
|
5958 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line.
|
|
|
5959 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary.
|
|
|
5960 */
|
|
|
5961
|
|
|
5962 int
|
|
|
5963 oneright()
|
|
|
5964 {
|
|
|
5965 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5966 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5967 int l;
|
|
|
5968 #endif
|
|
|
5969
|
|
|
5970 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5971 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
5972 {
|
|
|
5973 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5974
|
|
|
5975 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */
|
|
|
5976 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5977 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
|
5978 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5979 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
|
5980 #else
|
|
|
5981 *ptr
|
|
|
5982 #endif
|
|
|
5983 ))
|
|
|
5984 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1));
|
|
|
5985 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5986 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */
|
|
|
5987 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
5988 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL;
|
|
|
5989 }
|
|
|
5990 #endif
|
|
|
5991
|
|
|
5992 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5993 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
474
|
5994 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr)) > 1)
|
|
7
|
5995 {
|
|
|
5996 /* The character under the cursor is a multi-byte character, move
|
|
|
5997 * several bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL. */
|
|
|
5998 if (ptr[l] == NUL)
|
|
|
5999 return FAIL;
|
|
|
6000 curwin->w_cursor.col += l;
|
|
|
6001 }
|
|
|
6002 else
|
|
|
6003 #endif
|
|
|
6004 {
|
|
|
6005 if (*ptr++ == NUL || *ptr == NUL)
|
|
|
6006 return FAIL;
|
|
|
6007 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6008 }
|
|
|
6009
|
|
|
6010 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
6011 return OK;
|
|
|
6012 }
|
|
|
6013
|
|
|
6014 int
|
|
|
6015 oneleft()
|
|
|
6016 {
|
|
|
6017 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6018 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
6019 {
|
|
|
6020 int width;
|
|
|
6021 int v = getviscol();
|
|
|
6022
|
|
|
6023 if (v == 0)
|
|
|
6024 return FAIL;
|
|
|
6025
|
|
|
6026 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
|
|
|
6027 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */
|
|
|
6028 width = 1;
|
|
|
6029 for (;;)
|
|
|
6030 {
|
|
|
6031 coladvance(v - width);
|
|
|
6032 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and
|
|
|
6033 * there are no multi-byte characters */
|
|
|
6034 if ((*p_sbr == NUL
|
|
|
6035 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6036 && !has_mbyte
|
|
|
6037 # endif
|
|
|
6038 ) || getviscol() < v)
|
|
|
6039 break;
|
|
|
6040 ++width;
|
|
|
6041 }
|
|
|
6042 # else
|
|
|
6043 coladvance(v - 1);
|
|
|
6044 # endif
|
|
|
6045
|
|
|
6046 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1)
|
|
|
6047 {
|
|
|
6048 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
6049
|
|
|
6050 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */
|
|
|
6051 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
6052 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
|
6053 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6054 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
|
6055 # else
|
|
|
6056 *ptr
|
|
|
6057 # endif
|
|
|
6058 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1)
|
|
|
6059 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
6060 }
|
|
|
6061
|
|
|
6062 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
6063 return OK;
|
|
|
6064 }
|
|
|
6065 #endif
|
|
|
6066
|
|
|
6067 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
6068 return FAIL;
|
|
|
6069
|
|
|
6070 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
6071 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6072
|
|
|
6073 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6074 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte
|
|
|
6075 * character, move to its first byte */
|
|
|
6076 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
6077 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
6078 #endif
|
|
|
6079 return OK;
|
|
|
6080 }
|
|
|
6081
|
|
|
6082 int
|
|
|
6083 cursor_up(n, upd_topline)
|
|
|
6084 long n;
|
|
|
6085 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
|
6086 {
|
|
|
6087 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
6088
|
|
|
6089 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
6090 {
|
|
|
6091 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
161
|
6092 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count
|
|
|
6093 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
|
|
|
6094 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
|
|
7
|
6095 return FAIL;
|
|
|
6096 if (n >= lnum)
|
|
|
6097 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
6098 else
|
|
|
6099 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
6100 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
|
6101 {
|
|
|
6102 /*
|
|
|
6103 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line.
|
|
|
6104 */
|
|
|
6105 /* go to the the start of the current fold */
|
|
|
6106 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
|
6107
|
|
|
6108 while (n--)
|
|
|
6109 {
|
|
|
6110 /* move up one line */
|
|
|
6111 --lnum;
|
|
|
6112 if (lnum <= 1)
|
|
|
6113 break;
|
|
|
6114 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in
|
|
|
6115 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open
|
|
|
6116 * in a moment. */
|
|
|
6117 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL)))
|
|
|
6118 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
|
6119 }
|
|
|
6120 if (lnum < 1)
|
|
|
6121 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
6122 }
|
|
|
6123 else
|
|
|
6124 #endif
|
|
|
6125 lnum -= n;
|
|
|
6126 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
6127 }
|
|
|
6128
|
|
|
6129 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
|
6130 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
6131
|
|
|
6132 if (upd_topline)
|
|
|
6133 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
|
6134
|
|
|
6135 return OK;
|
|
|
6136 }
|
|
|
6137
|
|
|
6138 /*
|
|
|
6139 * Cursor down a number of logical lines.
|
|
|
6140 */
|
|
|
6141 int
|
|
|
6142 cursor_down(n, upd_topline)
|
|
|
6143 long n;
|
|
|
6144 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
|
6145 {
|
|
|
6146 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
6147
|
|
|
6148 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
6149 {
|
|
|
6150 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
6151 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
6152 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */
|
|
|
6153 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum);
|
|
|
6154 #endif
|
|
161
|
6155 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move
|
|
|
6156 * beyound the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
|
|
|
6157 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
6158 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
6159 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
|
|
7
|
6160 return FAIL;
|
|
|
6161 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
6162 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
6163 else
|
|
|
6164 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
6165 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
|
6166 {
|
|
|
6167 linenr_T last;
|
|
|
6168
|
|
|
6169 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */
|
|
|
6170 while (n--)
|
|
|
6171 {
|
|
|
6172 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last))
|
|
|
6173 lnum = last + 1;
|
|
|
6174 else
|
|
|
6175 ++lnum;
|
|
|
6176 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
6177 break;
|
|
|
6178 }
|
|
|
6179 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
6180 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
6181 }
|
|
|
6182 else
|
|
|
6183 #endif
|
|
|
6184 lnum += n;
|
|
|
6185 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
6186 }
|
|
|
6187
|
|
|
6188 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
|
6189 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
6190
|
|
|
6191 if (upd_topline)
|
|
|
6192 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
|
6193
|
|
|
6194 return OK;
|
|
|
6195 }
|
|
|
6196
|
|
|
6197 /*
|
|
|
6198 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer.
|
|
|
6199 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we
|
|
|
6200 * first have to remove the command.
|
|
|
6201 */
|
|
|
6202 int
|
|
|
6203 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc)
|
|
|
6204 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */
|
|
|
6205 long count; /* Repeat this many times */
|
|
|
6206 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */
|
|
|
6207 {
|
|
|
6208 char_u *esc_ptr;
|
|
|
6209 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
6210 char_u *last_ptr;
|
|
|
6211 char_u last = NUL;
|
|
|
6212
|
|
|
6213 ptr = get_last_insert();
|
|
|
6214 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
6215 {
|
|
|
6216 EMSG(_(e_noinstext));
|
|
|
6217 return FAIL;
|
|
|
6218 }
|
|
|
6219
|
|
|
6220 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */
|
|
|
6221 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
6222 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
|
6223 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL)
|
|
|
6224 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */
|
|
|
6225
|
|
|
6226 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC
|
|
|
6227 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr"
|
|
|
6228 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo
|
|
|
6229 */
|
|
|
6230 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1;
|
|
|
6231 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^')
|
|
|
6232 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1)))
|
|
|
6233 {
|
|
|
6234 last = *last_ptr;
|
|
|
6235 *last_ptr = NUL;
|
|
|
6236 }
|
|
|
6237
|
|
|
6238 do
|
|
|
6239 {
|
|
|
6240 stuffReadbuff(ptr);
|
|
|
6241 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */
|
|
|
6242 if (last)
|
|
|
6243 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0'
|
|
|
6244 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0")
|
|
|
6245 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^")));
|
|
|
6246 }
|
|
|
6247 while (--count > 0);
|
|
|
6248
|
|
|
6249 if (last)
|
|
|
6250 *last_ptr = last;
|
|
|
6251
|
|
|
6252 if (esc_ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
6253 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */
|
|
|
6254
|
|
|
6255 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */
|
|
|
6256 if (!no_esc)
|
|
|
6257 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC);
|
|
|
6258
|
|
|
6259 return OK;
|
|
|
6260 }
|
|
|
6261
|
|
|
6262 char_u *
|
|
|
6263 get_last_insert()
|
|
|
6264 {
|
|
|
6265 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
|
6266 return NULL;
|
|
|
6267 return last_insert + last_insert_skip;
|
|
|
6268 }
|
|
|
6269
|
|
|
6270 /*
|
|
|
6271 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>.
|
|
|
6272 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL.
|
|
|
6273 */
|
|
|
6274 char_u *
|
|
|
6275 get_last_insert_save()
|
|
|
6276 {
|
|
|
6277 char_u *s;
|
|
|
6278 int len;
|
|
|
6279
|
|
|
6280 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
|
6281 return NULL;
|
|
|
6282 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip);
|
|
|
6283 if (s != NULL)
|
|
|
6284 {
|
|
|
6285 len = (int)STRLEN(s);
|
|
|
6286 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */
|
|
|
6287 s[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
6288 }
|
|
|
6289 return s;
|
|
|
6290 }
|
|
|
6291
|
|
|
6292 /*
|
|
|
6293 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation.
|
|
|
6294 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered.
|
|
|
6295 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and
|
|
|
6296 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c".
|
|
|
6297 */
|
|
|
6298 static int
|
|
|
6299 echeck_abbr(c)
|
|
|
6300 int c;
|
|
|
6301 {
|
|
|
6302 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just
|
|
|
6303 * after moving around with cursor keys. */
|
|
|
6304 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used)
|
|
|
6305 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6306
|
|
|
6307 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col,
|
|
|
6308 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0);
|
|
|
6309 }
|
|
|
6310
|
|
|
6311 /*
|
|
|
6312 * replace-stack functions
|
|
|
6313 *
|
|
|
6314 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each
|
|
|
6315 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing.
|
|
|
6316 *
|
|
|
6317 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is
|
|
|
6318 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL
|
|
|
6319 * headed list is put back for the deleted character.
|
|
|
6320 *
|
|
|
6321 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters
|
|
|
6322 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor
|
|
|
6323 * that were deleted (always white space).
|
|
|
6324 *
|
|
|
6325 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new
|
|
|
6326 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many
|
|
|
6327 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character.
|
|
|
6328 */
|
|
|
6329
|
|
298
|
6330 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
|
6331 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */
|
|
|
6332 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */
|
|
7
|
6333
|
|
|
6334 void
|
|
|
6335 replace_push(c)
|
|
|
6336 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */
|
|
|
6337 {
|
|
|
6338 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6339
|
|
|
6340 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */
|
|
|
6341 return;
|
|
|
6342 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr)
|
|
|
6343 {
|
|
|
6344 replace_stack_len += 50;
|
|
|
6345 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE);
|
|
|
6346 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
6347 {
|
|
|
6348 replace_stack_len -= 50;
|
|
|
6349 return;
|
|
|
6350 }
|
|
|
6351 if (replace_stack != NULL)
|
|
|
6352 {
|
|
|
6353 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack,
|
|
|
6354 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
|
6355 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
|
6356 }
|
|
|
6357 replace_stack = p;
|
|
|
6358 }
|
|
|
6359 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset;
|
|
|
6360 if (replace_offset)
|
|
|
6361 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
|
6362 *p = c;
|
|
|
6363 ++replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
6364 }
|
|
|
6365
|
|
|
6366 /*
|
|
|
6367 * call replace_push(c) with replace_offset set to the first NUL.
|
|
|
6368 */
|
|
|
6369 static void
|
|
|
6370 replace_push_off(c)
|
|
|
6371 int c;
|
|
|
6372 {
|
|
|
6373 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6374
|
|
|
6375 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
6376 for (replace_offset = 1; replace_offset < replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
6377 ++replace_offset)
|
|
|
6378 if (*--p == NUL)
|
|
|
6379 break;
|
|
|
6380 replace_push(c);
|
|
|
6381 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
|
6382 }
|
|
|
6383
|
|
|
6384 /*
|
|
|
6385 * Pop one item from the replace stack.
|
|
|
6386 * return -1 if stack empty
|
|
|
6387 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise
|
|
|
6388 */
|
|
|
6389 static int
|
|
|
6390 replace_pop()
|
|
|
6391 {
|
|
|
6392 if (replace_stack_nr == 0)
|
|
|
6393 return -1;
|
|
|
6394 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr];
|
|
|
6395 }
|
|
|
6396
|
|
|
6397 /*
|
|
|
6398 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL
|
|
|
6399 * encountered.
|
|
|
6400 */
|
|
|
6401 static void
|
|
|
6402 replace_join(off)
|
|
|
6403 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */
|
|
|
6404 {
|
|
|
6405 int i;
|
|
|
6406
|
|
|
6407 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
6408 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0)
|
|
|
6409 {
|
|
|
6410 --replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
6411 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1,
|
|
|
6412 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i));
|
|
|
6413 return;
|
|
|
6414 }
|
|
|
6415 }
|
|
|
6416
|
|
|
6417 /*
|
|
|
6418 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them
|
|
|
6419 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode.
|
|
|
6420 */
|
|
|
6421 static void
|
|
|
6422 replace_pop_ins()
|
|
|
6423 {
|
|
|
6424 int cc;
|
|
|
6425 int oldState = State;
|
|
|
6426
|
|
|
6427 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */
|
|
|
6428 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0)
|
|
|
6429 {
|
|
|
6430 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6431 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
|
6432 #else
|
|
|
6433 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
6434 #endif
|
|
|
6435 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6436 }
|
|
|
6437 State = oldState;
|
|
|
6438 }
|
|
|
6439
|
|
|
6440 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6441 /*
|
|
|
6442 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it
|
|
|
6443 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too.
|
|
|
6444 */
|
|
|
6445 static void
|
|
|
6446 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc)
|
|
|
6447 int cc;
|
|
|
6448 {
|
|
|
6449 int n;
|
|
|
6450 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
6451 int i;
|
|
|
6452 int c;
|
|
|
6453
|
|
|
6454 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1)
|
|
|
6455 {
|
|
|
6456 buf[0] = cc;
|
|
|
6457 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
|
6458 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
|
6459 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
|
6460 }
|
|
|
6461 else
|
|
|
6462 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
6463
|
|
|
6464 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
6465 /* Handle composing chars. */
|
|
|
6466 for (;;)
|
|
|
6467 {
|
|
|
6468 c = replace_pop();
|
|
|
6469 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */
|
|
|
6470 break;
|
|
|
6471 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1)
|
|
|
6472 {
|
|
|
6473 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */
|
|
|
6474 replace_push(c);
|
|
|
6475 break;
|
|
|
6476 }
|
|
|
6477 else
|
|
|
6478 {
|
|
|
6479 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
6480 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
|
6481 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
|
6482 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf)))
|
|
|
6483 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
|
6484 else
|
|
|
6485 {
|
|
|
6486 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */
|
|
|
6487 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i)
|
|
|
6488 replace_push(buf[i]);
|
|
|
6489 break;
|
|
|
6490 }
|
|
|
6491 }
|
|
|
6492 }
|
|
|
6493 }
|
|
|
6494 #endif
|
|
|
6495
|
|
|
6496 /*
|
|
|
6497 * make the replace stack empty
|
|
|
6498 * (called when exiting replace mode)
|
|
|
6499 */
|
|
|
6500 static void
|
|
|
6501 replace_flush()
|
|
|
6502 {
|
|
|
6503 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
|
6504 replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
|
6505 replace_stack_len = 0;
|
|
|
6506 replace_stack_nr = 0;
|
|
|
6507 }
|
|
|
6508
|
|
|
6509 /*
|
|
|
6510 * Handle doing a BS for one character.
|
|
|
6511 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor
|
|
|
6512 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it
|
|
|
6513 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back
|
|
|
6514 * and check for more characters to be put back
|
|
|
6515 */
|
|
|
6516 static void
|
|
|
6517 replace_do_bs()
|
|
|
6518 {
|
|
|
6519 int cc;
|
|
|
6520 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6521 int orig_len = 0;
|
|
|
6522 int ins_len;
|
|
|
6523 int orig_vcols = 0;
|
|
|
6524 colnr_T start_vcol;
|
|
|
6525 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6526 int i;
|
|
|
6527 int vcol;
|
|
|
6528 #endif
|
|
|
6529
|
|
|
6530 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
|
6531 if (cc > 0)
|
|
|
6532 {
|
|
|
6533 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6534 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6535 {
|
|
|
6536 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are
|
|
|
6537 * going to delete. */
|
|
|
6538 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL);
|
|
|
6539 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol);
|
|
|
6540 }
|
|
|
6541 #endif
|
|
|
6542 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6543 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
6544 {
|
|
|
6545 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6546 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6547 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6548 orig_len = STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
6549 # endif
|
|
|
6550 replace_push(cc);
|
|
|
6551 }
|
|
|
6552 else
|
|
|
6553 #endif
|
|
|
6554 {
|
|
|
6555 pchar_cursor(cc);
|
|
|
6556 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6557 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6558 orig_len = STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1;
|
|
|
6559 #endif
|
|
|
6560 }
|
|
|
6561 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
6562
|
|
|
6563 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6564 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6565 {
|
|
|
6566 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */
|
|
|
6567 p = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
6568 ins_len = STRLEN(p) - orig_len;
|
|
|
6569 vcol = start_vcol;
|
|
|
6570 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i)
|
|
|
6571 {
|
|
|
6572 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol);
|
|
|
6573 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
474
|
6574 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1;
|
|
7
|
6575 #endif
|
|
|
6576 }
|
|
|
6577 vcol -= start_vcol;
|
|
|
6578
|
|
|
6579 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the
|
|
|
6580 * text aligned. */
|
|
|
6581 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len;
|
|
|
6582 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ')
|
|
|
6583 {
|
|
|
6584 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6585 ++orig_vcols;
|
|
|
6586 }
|
|
|
6587 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len;
|
|
|
6588 }
|
|
|
6589 #endif
|
|
|
6590
|
|
|
6591 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
|
6592 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
|
6593 }
|
|
|
6594 else if (cc == 0)
|
|
|
6595 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6596 }
|
|
|
6597
|
|
|
6598 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6599 /*
|
|
|
6600 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on.
|
|
|
6601 */
|
|
|
6602 static int
|
|
|
6603 cindent_on()
|
|
|
6604 {
|
|
|
6605 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin
|
|
|
6606 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6607 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
|
|
|
6608 # endif
|
|
|
6609 ));
|
|
|
6610 }
|
|
|
6611 #endif
|
|
|
6612
|
|
|
6613 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6614 /*
|
|
|
6615 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the
|
|
|
6616 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very
|
|
|
6617 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not.
|
|
|
6618 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent.
|
|
|
6619 */
|
|
|
6620
|
|
|
6621 void
|
|
|
6622 fixthisline(get_the_indent)
|
|
|
6623 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
6624 {
|
|
|
6625 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0);
|
|
|
6626 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
6627 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */
|
|
|
6628 }
|
|
|
6629
|
|
|
6630 void
|
|
|
6631 fix_indent()
|
|
|
6632 {
|
|
|
6633 if (p_paste)
|
|
|
6634 return;
|
|
|
6635 # ifdef FEAT_LISP
|
|
|
6636 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
6637 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
|
|
|
6638 # endif
|
|
|
6639 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT)
|
|
|
6640 else
|
|
|
6641 # endif
|
|
|
6642 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6643 if (cindent_on())
|
|
|
6644 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
6645 # endif
|
|
|
6646 }
|
|
|
6647
|
|
|
6648 #endif
|
|
|
6649
|
|
|
6650 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6651 /*
|
|
|
6652 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped",
|
|
|
6653 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert)
|
|
|
6654 * when == '!': Only if key is prededed with '!' (don't insert)
|
|
|
6655 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards)
|
|
|
6656 *
|
|
|
6657 * "keytyped" can have a few special values:
|
|
|
6658 * KEY_OPEN_FORW
|
|
|
6659 * KEY_OPEN_BACK
|
|
|
6660 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion.
|
|
|
6661 *
|
|
|
6662 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them.
|
|
|
6663 */
|
|
|
6664 int
|
|
|
6665 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty)
|
|
|
6666 int keytyped;
|
|
|
6667 int when;
|
|
|
6668 int line_is_empty;
|
|
|
6669 {
|
|
|
6670 char_u *look;
|
|
|
6671 int try_match;
|
|
|
6672 int try_match_word;
|
|
|
6673 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6674 char_u *line;
|
|
|
6675 int icase;
|
|
|
6676 int i;
|
|
|
6677
|
|
|
6678 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6679 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
|
|
|
6680 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */
|
|
|
6681 else
|
|
|
6682 #endif
|
|
|
6683 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */
|
|
|
6684 while (*look)
|
|
|
6685 {
|
|
|
6686 /*
|
|
|
6687 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on
|
|
|
6688 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key.
|
|
|
6689 */
|
|
|
6690 switch (when)
|
|
|
6691 {
|
|
|
6692 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break;
|
|
|
6693 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break;
|
|
|
6694 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break;
|
|
|
6695 }
|
|
|
6696 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!')
|
|
|
6697 ++look;
|
|
|
6698
|
|
|
6699 /*
|
|
|
6700 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty.
|
|
|
6701 * But may still match when typing last char of a word.
|
|
|
6702 */
|
|
|
6703 if (*look == '0')
|
|
|
6704 {
|
|
|
6705 try_match_word = try_match;
|
|
|
6706 if (!line_is_empty)
|
|
|
6707 try_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
6708 ++look;
|
|
|
6709 }
|
|
|
6710 else
|
|
|
6711 try_match_word = FALSE;
|
|
|
6712
|
|
|
6713 /*
|
|
|
6714 * does it look like a control character?
|
|
|
6715 */
|
|
|
6716 if (*look == '^'
|
|
|
6717 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
6718 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0)
|
|
|
6719 #else
|
|
|
6720 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_'
|
|
|
6721 #endif
|
|
|
6722 )
|
|
|
6723 {
|
|
|
6724 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1]))
|
|
|
6725 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6726 look += 2;
|
|
|
6727 }
|
|
|
6728 /*
|
|
|
6729 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward.
|
|
|
6730 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward.
|
|
|
6731 */
|
|
|
6732 else if (*look == 'o')
|
|
|
6733 {
|
|
|
6734 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW)
|
|
|
6735 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6736 ++look;
|
|
|
6737 }
|
|
|
6738 else if (*look == 'O')
|
|
|
6739 {
|
|
|
6740 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK)
|
|
|
6741 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6742 ++look;
|
|
|
6743 }
|
|
|
6744
|
|
|
6745 /*
|
|
|
6746 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the
|
|
|
6747 * cursor.
|
|
|
6748 */
|
|
|
6749 else if (*look == 'e')
|
|
|
6750 {
|
|
|
6751 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4)
|
|
|
6752 {
|
|
|
6753 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6754 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 &&
|
|
|
6755 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0)
|
|
|
6756 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6757 }
|
|
|
6758 ++look;
|
|
|
6759 }
|
|
|
6760
|
|
|
6761 /*
|
|
|
6762 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case
|
|
|
6763 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix
|
|
|
6764 * class::method for C++).
|
|
|
6765 */
|
|
|
6766 else if (*look == ':')
|
|
|
6767 {
|
|
|
6768 if (try_match && keytyped == ':')
|
|
|
6769 {
|
|
|
6770 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6771 if (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p) || cin_islabel(30))
|
|
|
6772 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6773 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2
|
|
|
6774 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':'
|
|
|
6775 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':')
|
|
|
6776 {
|
|
|
6777 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' ';
|
|
|
6778 i = (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p)
|
|
|
6779 || cin_islabel(30));
|
|
|
6780 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6781 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':';
|
|
|
6782 if (i)
|
|
|
6783 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6784 }
|
|
|
6785 }
|
|
|
6786 ++look;
|
|
|
6787 }
|
|
|
6788
|
|
|
6789
|
|
|
6790 /*
|
|
|
6791 * Is it a key in <>, maybe?
|
|
|
6792 */
|
|
|
6793 else if (*look == '<')
|
|
|
6794 {
|
|
|
6795 if (try_match)
|
|
|
6796 {
|
|
|
6797 /*
|
|
|
6798 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>,
|
|
|
6799 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <,
|
|
|
6800 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to.
|
|
|
6801 */
|
|
|
6802 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL
|
|
|
6803 && keytyped == look[1])
|
|
|
6804 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6805
|
|
|
6806 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1))
|
|
|
6807 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6808 }
|
|
|
6809 while (*look && *look != '>')
|
|
|
6810 look++;
|
|
|
6811 while (*look == '>')
|
|
|
6812 look++;
|
|
|
6813 }
|
|
|
6814
|
|
|
6815 /*
|
|
|
6816 * Is it a word: "=word"?
|
|
|
6817 */
|
|
|
6818 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL)
|
|
|
6819 {
|
|
|
6820 ++look;
|
|
|
6821 if (*look == '~')
|
|
|
6822 {
|
|
|
6823 icase = TRUE;
|
|
|
6824 ++look;
|
|
|
6825 }
|
|
|
6826 else
|
|
|
6827 icase = FALSE;
|
|
|
6828 p = vim_strchr(look, ',');
|
|
|
6829 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
6830 p = look + STRLEN(look);
|
|
|
6831 if ((try_match || try_match_word)
|
|
|
6832 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look))
|
|
|
6833 {
|
|
|
6834 int match = FALSE;
|
|
|
6835
|
|
|
6836 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
6837 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE)
|
|
|
6838 {
|
|
|
6839 char_u *s;
|
|
|
6840
|
|
|
6841 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look".
|
|
|
6842 * search back for the start of a word. */
|
|
|
6843 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6844 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6845 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
6846 {
|
|
|
6847 char_u *n;
|
|
|
6848
|
|
|
6849 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n)
|
|
|
6850 {
|
|
|
6851 n = mb_prevptr(line, s);
|
|
|
6852 if (!vim_iswordp(n))
|
|
|
6853 break;
|
|
|
6854 }
|
|
|
6855 }
|
|
|
6856 else
|
|
|
6857 # endif
|
|
|
6858 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s)
|
|
|
6859 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1]))
|
|
|
6860 break;
|
|
|
6861 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
6862 && (icase
|
|
|
6863 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look)
|
|
|
6864 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0)
|
|
|
6865 match = TRUE;
|
|
|
6866 }
|
|
|
6867 else
|
|
|
6868 #endif
|
|
|
6869 /* TODO: multi-byte */
|
|
|
6870 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256
|
|
|
6871 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1])))
|
|
|
6872 {
|
|
|
6873 line = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
6874 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look)
|
|
|
6875 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1]))
|
|
|
6876 && (icase
|
|
|
6877 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)
|
|
|
6878 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look))
|
|
|
6879 == 0)
|
|
|
6880 match = TRUE;
|
|
|
6881 }
|
|
|
6882 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match)
|
|
|
6883 {
|
|
|
6884 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the
|
|
|
6885 * word. */
|
|
|
6886 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6887 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) !=
|
|
|
6888 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look)))
|
|
|
6889 match = FALSE;
|
|
|
6890 }
|
|
|
6891 if (match)
|
|
|
6892 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6893 }
|
|
|
6894 look = p;
|
|
|
6895 }
|
|
|
6896
|
|
|
6897 /*
|
|
|
6898 * ok, it's a boring generic character.
|
|
|
6899 */
|
|
|
6900 else
|
|
|
6901 {
|
|
|
6902 if (try_match && *look == keytyped)
|
|
|
6903 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6904 ++look;
|
|
|
6905 }
|
|
|
6906
|
|
|
6907 /*
|
|
|
6908 * Skip over ", ".
|
|
|
6909 */
|
|
|
6910 look = skip_to_option_part(look);
|
|
|
6911 }
|
|
|
6912 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6913 }
|
|
|
6914 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
6915
|
|
|
6916 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6917 /*
|
|
|
6918 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode.
|
|
|
6919 */
|
|
|
6920 int
|
|
|
6921 hkmap(c)
|
|
|
6922 int c;
|
|
|
6923 {
|
|
|
6924 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */
|
|
|
6925 {
|
|
|
6926 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD,
|
|
|
6927 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN,
|
|
|
6928 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV};
|
|
|
6929 static char_u map[26] =
|
|
|
6930 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/,
|
|
|
6931 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/,
|
|
|
6932 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/,
|
|
|
6933 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/,
|
|
|
6934 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/,
|
|
|
6935 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/,
|
|
|
6936 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/,
|
|
|
6937 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/,
|
|
|
6938 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/};
|
|
|
6939
|
|
|
6940 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z')
|
|
|
6941 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph);
|
|
|
6942 /* '-1'='sofit' */
|
|
|
6943 else if (c == 'x')
|
|
|
6944 return 'X';
|
|
|
6945 else if (c == 'q')
|
|
|
6946 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */
|
|
|
6947 else if (c == 246)
|
|
|
6948 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */
|
|
|
6949 else if (c == 228)
|
|
|
6950 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
|
6951 else if (c == 252)
|
|
|
6952 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
|
6953 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
6954 else if (islower(c))
|
|
|
6955 #else
|
|
|
6956 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we
|
|
|
6957 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on
|
|
|
6958 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are
|
|
|
6959 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text.
|
|
|
6960 */
|
|
|
6961 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
|
|
|
6962 #endif
|
|
|
6963 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph);
|
|
|
6964 else
|
|
|
6965 return c;
|
|
|
6966 }
|
|
|
6967 else
|
|
|
6968 {
|
|
|
6969 switch (c)
|
|
|
6970 {
|
|
|
6971 case '`': return ';';
|
|
|
6972 case '/': return '.';
|
|
|
6973 case '\'': return ',';
|
|
|
6974 case 'q': return '/';
|
|
|
6975 case 'w': return '\'';
|
|
|
6976
|
|
|
6977 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */
|
|
|
6978 case ',': c = '{'; break;
|
|
|
6979 case '.': c = 'v'; break;
|
|
|
6980 case ';': c = 't'; break;
|
|
|
6981 default: {
|
|
|
6982 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig";
|
|
|
6983
|
|
|
6984 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
6985 /* see note about islower() above */
|
|
|
6986 if (!islower(c))
|
|
|
6987 #else
|
|
|
6988 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z')
|
|
|
6989 #endif
|
|
|
6990 return c;
|
|
|
6991 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)];
|
|
|
6992 break;
|
|
|
6993 }
|
|
|
6994 }
|
|
|
6995
|
|
|
6996 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph);
|
|
|
6997 }
|
|
|
6998 }
|
|
|
6999 #endif
|
|
|
7000
|
|
|
7001 static void
|
|
|
7002 ins_reg()
|
|
|
7003 {
|
|
|
7004 int need_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
7005 int regname;
|
|
|
7006 int literally = 0;
|
|
|
7007
|
|
|
7008 /*
|
|
|
7009 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'.
|
|
|
7010 */
|
|
|
7011 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
7012 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
7013 {
|
|
|
7014 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
661
|
7015 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
7016
|
|
|
7017 edit_putchar('"', TRUE);
|
|
|
7018 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7019 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R);
|
|
|
7020 #endif
|
|
|
7021 }
|
|
|
7022
|
|
|
7023 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
7024 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
7025 #endif
|
|
|
7026
|
|
|
7027 /*
|
|
|
7028 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
|
7029 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
|
7030 */
|
|
|
7031 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
7032 regname = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
7033 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
|
7034 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
|
7035 #endif
|
|
|
7036 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P)
|
|
|
7037 {
|
|
|
7038 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */
|
|
|
7039 literally = regname;
|
|
|
7040 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7041 add_to_showcmd_c(literally);
|
|
|
7042 #endif
|
|
|
7043 regname = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
7044 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
|
7045 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
|
7046 #endif
|
|
|
7047 }
|
|
|
7048 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
7049
|
|
|
7050 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
7051 /*
|
|
|
7052 * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression,
|
|
|
7053 * evaluating it or giving an error message for it!
|
|
|
7054 */
|
|
|
7055 ++no_u_sync;
|
|
|
7056 if (regname == '=')
|
|
|
7057 {
|
|
133
|
7058 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
7
|
7059 int im_on = im_get_status();
|
|
133
|
7060 # endif
|
|
7
|
7061 regname = get_expr_register();
|
|
133
|
7062 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
7
|
7063 /* Restore the Input Method. */
|
|
|
7064 if (im_on)
|
|
|
7065 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
133
|
7066 # endif
|
|
7
|
7067 }
|
|
140
|
7068 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE))
|
|
|
7069 {
|
|
|
7070 vim_beep();
|
|
7
|
7071 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
140
|
7072 }
|
|
7
|
7073 else
|
|
|
7074 {
|
|
|
7075 #endif
|
|
|
7076 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P)
|
|
|
7077 {
|
|
|
7078 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */
|
|
|
7079 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R);
|
|
|
7080 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally);
|
|
|
7081 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname);
|
|
|
7082
|
|
|
7083 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L,
|
|
|
7084 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
|
7085 }
|
|
|
7086 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL)
|
|
|
7087 {
|
|
|
7088 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7089 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
|
7090 }
|
|
133
|
7091 else if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
|
7092 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that
|
|
|
7093 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't
|
|
|
7094 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */
|
|
|
7095 need_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
7096
|
|
7
|
7097 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
7098 }
|
|
|
7099 --no_u_sync;
|
|
|
7100 #endif
|
|
|
7101 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7102 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
7103 #endif
|
|
|
7104
|
|
|
7105 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */
|
|
|
7106 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty())
|
|
|
7107 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
7108 }
|
|
|
7109
|
|
|
7110 /*
|
|
|
7111 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode.
|
|
|
7112 */
|
|
|
7113 static void
|
|
|
7114 ins_ctrl_g()
|
|
|
7115 {
|
|
|
7116 int c;
|
|
|
7117
|
|
|
7118 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
7119 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */
|
|
|
7120 setcursor();
|
|
|
7121 #endif
|
|
|
7122
|
|
|
7123 /*
|
|
|
7124 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
|
7125 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
|
7126 */
|
|
|
7127 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
7128 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
7129 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
7130 switch (c)
|
|
|
7131 {
|
|
|
7132 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
7133 case K_UP:
|
|
|
7134 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
7135 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE);
|
|
|
7136 break;
|
|
|
7137
|
|
|
7138 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
7139 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
7140 case Ctrl_J:
|
|
|
7141 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE);
|
|
|
7142 break;
|
|
|
7143
|
|
|
7144 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */
|
|
|
7145 case 'u': u_sync();
|
|
|
7146 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
626
|
7147
|
|
|
7148 /* Need to reset Insstart, esp. because a BS that joins
|
|
|
7149 * aline to the previous one must save for undo. */
|
|
|
7150 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
7
|
7151 break;
|
|
|
7152
|
|
|
7153 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */
|
|
|
7154 default: vim_beep();
|
|
|
7155 }
|
|
|
7156 }
|
|
|
7157
|
|
|
7158 /*
|
|
449
|
7159 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode.
|
|
|
7160 */
|
|
|
7161 static void
|
|
|
7162 ins_ctrl_hat()
|
|
|
7163 {
|
|
|
7164 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP))
|
|
|
7165 {
|
|
|
7166 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */
|
|
|
7167 if (State & LANGMAP)
|
|
|
7168 {
|
|
|
7169 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
|
7170 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
|
7171 }
|
|
|
7172 else
|
|
|
7173 {
|
|
|
7174 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP;
|
|
|
7175 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
7176 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
7177 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
7178 #endif
|
|
|
7179 }
|
|
|
7180 }
|
|
|
7181 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
7182 else
|
|
|
7183 {
|
|
|
7184 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */
|
|
|
7185 if (im_get_status())
|
|
|
7186 {
|
|
|
7187 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
|
7188 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
7189 }
|
|
|
7190 else
|
|
|
7191 {
|
|
|
7192 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM;
|
|
|
7193 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
|
7194 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
|
7195 }
|
|
|
7196 }
|
|
|
7197 #endif
|
|
|
7198 set_iminsert_global();
|
|
|
7199 showmode();
|
|
|
7200 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7201 /* may show different cursor shape or color */
|
|
|
7202 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
7203 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
7204 #endif
|
|
|
7205 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP)
|
|
|
7206 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */
|
|
|
7207 status_redraw_curbuf();
|
|
|
7208 #endif
|
|
|
7209 }
|
|
|
7210
|
|
|
7211 /*
|
|
7
|
7212 * Handle ESC in insert mode.
|
|
|
7213 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the
|
|
|
7214 * insert.
|
|
|
7215 */
|
|
|
7216 static int
|
|
477
|
7217 ins_esc(count, cmdchar, nomove)
|
|
7
|
7218 long *count;
|
|
|
7219 int cmdchar;
|
|
477
|
7220 int nomove; /* don't move cursor */
|
|
7
|
7221 {
|
|
|
7222 int temp;
|
|
|
7223 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
7224
|
|
449
|
7225 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
7226 check_spell_redraw();
|
|
|
7227 #endif
|
|
7
|
7228 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN)
|
|
|
7229 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE)
|
|
|
7230 hangul_input_state_set(0);
|
|
|
7231 # endif
|
|
|
7232 if (composing_hangul)
|
|
|
7233 {
|
|
|
7234 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2);
|
|
|
7235 composing_hangul = 0;
|
|
|
7236 }
|
|
|
7237 #endif
|
|
|
7238
|
|
|
7239 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7240 if (disabled_redraw)
|
|
|
7241 {
|
|
|
7242 --RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
7243 disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
7244 }
|
|
|
7245 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
7246 {
|
|
|
7247 /*
|
|
|
7248 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx".
|
|
75
|
7249 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for
|
|
|
7250 * when "count" is non-zero.
|
|
7
|
7251 */
|
|
|
7252 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
75
|
7253 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR);
|
|
7
|
7254
|
|
|
7255 /*
|
|
|
7256 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for
|
|
|
7257 * interrupt now and then.
|
|
|
7258 */
|
|
|
7259 if (*count > 0)
|
|
|
7260 {
|
|
|
7261 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
7262 if (got_int)
|
|
|
7263 *count = 0;
|
|
|
7264 }
|
|
|
7265
|
|
|
7266 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */
|
|
|
7267 {
|
|
164
|
7268 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */
|
|
|
7269 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL)
|
|
|
7270 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG;
|
|
|
7271
|
|
7
|
7272 (void)start_redo_ins();
|
|
|
7273 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
7274 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */
|
|
|
7275 ++RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
7276 disabled_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
7277 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */
|
|
|
7278 }
|
|
|
7279 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE);
|
|
|
7280 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7281 }
|
|
|
7282
|
|
|
7283 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the
|
|
|
7284 * indent */
|
|
|
7285 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
7286 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7287
|
|
|
7288 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */
|
|
|
7289 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
|
|
|
7290 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7291
|
|
|
7292 /*
|
|
|
7293 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character.
|
|
477
|
7294 * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line.
|
|
7
|
7295 */
|
|
477
|
7296 if (!nomove
|
|
|
7297 && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0
|
|
7
|
7298 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7299 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0
|
|
|
7300 #endif
|
|
477
|
7301 )
|
|
|
7302 && (restart_edit == NUL
|
|
|
7303 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
7
|
7304 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
477
|
7305 && !VIsual_active
|
|
|
7306 #endif
|
|
|
7307 ))
|
|
7
|
7308 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7309 && !revins_on
|
|
|
7310 #endif
|
|
|
7311 )
|
|
|
7312 {
|
|
|
7313 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7314 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL)
|
|
|
7315 {
|
|
|
7316 oneleft();
|
|
|
7317 if (restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
|
7318 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
7319 }
|
|
|
7320 else
|
|
|
7321 #endif
|
|
|
7322 {
|
|
|
7323 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7324 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7325 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
7326 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
7327 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
7328 #endif
|
|
|
7329 }
|
|
|
7330 }
|
|
|
7331
|
|
|
7332 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
7333 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands.
|
|
|
7334 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as
|
|
|
7335 * well). */
|
|
|
7336 if (!(State & LANGMAP))
|
|
|
7337 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert);
|
|
|
7338 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
7339 #endif
|
|
|
7340
|
|
|
7341 State = NORMAL;
|
|
|
7342 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */
|
|
|
7343 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
7344
|
|
|
7345 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
7346 setmouse();
|
|
|
7347 #endif
|
|
|
7348 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
7349 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
7350 #endif
|
|
|
7351
|
|
|
7352 /*
|
|
|
7353 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode.
|
|
|
7354 * Otherwise remove the mode message.
|
|
|
7355 */
|
|
|
7356 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
|
7357 showmode();
|
|
|
7358 else if (p_smd)
|
|
|
7359 MSG("");
|
|
|
7360
|
|
|
7361 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */
|
|
|
7362 }
|
|
|
7363
|
|
|
7364 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7365 /*
|
|
|
7366 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on.
|
|
|
7367 * Move to end of reverse inserted text.
|
|
|
7368 */
|
|
|
7369 static void
|
|
|
7370 ins_ctrl_()
|
|
|
7371 {
|
|
|
7372 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0)
|
|
|
7373 {
|
|
|
7374 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--)
|
|
|
7375 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7376 }
|
|
|
7377 p_ri = !p_ri;
|
|
|
7378 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
|
7379 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
7380 {
|
|
|
7381 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7382 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7383 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
|
7384 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7385 }
|
|
|
7386 else
|
|
|
7387 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
|
7388 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
7389 if (p_altkeymap)
|
|
|
7390 {
|
|
|
7391 /*
|
|
|
7392 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.'
|
|
|
7393 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo
|
|
|
7394 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert).
|
|
|
7395 */
|
|
|
7396 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
|
7397 (void)stop_arrow();
|
|
|
7398 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri;
|
|
|
7399 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
7400 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
7401 }
|
|
|
7402 else
|
|
|
7403 #endif
|
|
|
7404 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */
|
|
|
7405 showmode();
|
|
|
7406 }
|
|
|
7407 #endif
|
|
|
7408
|
|
|
7409 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
7410 /*
|
|
|
7411 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection.
|
|
|
7412 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed.
|
|
|
7413 */
|
|
|
7414 static int
|
|
|
7415 ins_start_select(c)
|
|
|
7416 int c;
|
|
|
7417 {
|
|
|
7418 if (km_startsel)
|
|
|
7419 switch (c)
|
|
|
7420 {
|
|
|
7421 case K_KHOME:
|
|
|
7422 case K_KEND:
|
|
|
7423 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
7424 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
|
7425 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
7426 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
7427 # ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
7428 case K_LEFT:
|
|
|
7429 case K_RIGHT:
|
|
|
7430 case K_UP:
|
|
|
7431 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
7432 case K_END:
|
|
|
7433 case K_HOME:
|
|
|
7434 # endif
|
|
|
7435 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT))
|
|
|
7436 break;
|
|
|
7437 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
7438 case K_S_LEFT:
|
|
|
7439 case K_S_RIGHT:
|
|
|
7440 case K_S_UP:
|
|
|
7441 case K_S_DOWN:
|
|
|
7442 case K_S_END:
|
|
|
7443 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
|
7444 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with
|
|
|
7445 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */
|
|
|
7446 start_selection();
|
|
|
7447
|
|
|
7448 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */
|
|
|
7449 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O);
|
|
|
7450 if (mod_mask)
|
|
|
7451 {
|
|
|
7452 char_u buf[4];
|
|
|
7453
|
|
|
7454 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
7455 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
|
7456 buf[2] = mod_mask;
|
|
|
7457 buf[3] = NUL;
|
|
|
7458 stuffReadbuff(buf);
|
|
|
7459 }
|
|
|
7460 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
|
7461 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7462 }
|
|
|
7463 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7464 }
|
|
|
7465 #endif
|
|
|
7466
|
|
|
7467 /*
|
|
449
|
7468 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/remplace mode.
|
|
|
7469 */
|
|
|
7470 static void
|
|
|
7471 ins_insert(replaceState)
|
|
|
7472 int replaceState;
|
|
|
7473 {
|
|
|
7474 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
7475 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
7476 {
|
|
|
7477 beep_flush();
|
|
|
7478 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
|
7479 return;
|
|
|
7480 }
|
|
|
7481 #endif
|
|
|
7482
|
|
|
7483 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
532
|
7484 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
449
|
7485 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE,
|
|
|
7486 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" :
|
|
667
|
7487 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7488 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" :
|
|
|
7489 # endif
|
|
|
7490 "r"), 1);
|
|
532
|
7491 # endif
|
|
449
|
7492 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
7493 #endif
|
|
|
7494 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7495 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
|
7496 else
|
|
|
7497 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
|
7498 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS);
|
|
|
7499 showmode();
|
|
|
7500 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
7501 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
7502 #endif
|
|
|
7503 }
|
|
|
7504
|
|
|
7505 /*
|
|
|
7506 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode.
|
|
|
7507 */
|
|
|
7508 static void
|
|
|
7509 ins_ctrl_o()
|
|
|
7510 {
|
|
|
7511 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7512 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7513 restart_edit = 'V';
|
|
|
7514 else
|
|
|
7515 #endif
|
|
|
7516 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7517 restart_edit = 'R';
|
|
|
7518 else
|
|
|
7519 restart_edit = 'I';
|
|
|
7520 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7521 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
7522 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */
|
|
|
7523 else
|
|
|
7524 #endif
|
|
|
7525 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL);
|
|
|
7526 }
|
|
|
7527
|
|
|
7528 /*
|
|
7
|
7529 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one
|
|
|
7530 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>".
|
|
|
7531 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwith', this is compatible
|
|
|
7532 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an
|
|
|
7533 * autoindent, we support it everywhere.
|
|
|
7534 */
|
|
|
7535 static void
|
|
|
7536 ins_shift(c, lastc)
|
|
|
7537 int c;
|
|
|
7538 int lastc;
|
|
|
7539 {
|
|
|
7540 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
7541 return;
|
|
|
7542 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
7543
|
|
|
7544 /*
|
|
|
7545 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent.
|
|
|
7546 */
|
|
|
7547 if ((lastc == '0' || lastc == '^') && curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
7548 {
|
|
|
7549 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7550 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */
|
|
|
7551 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */
|
|
|
7552 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7553 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
7554 if (lastc == '^')
|
|
|
7555 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */
|
|
|
7556 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0);
|
|
|
7557 }
|
|
|
7558 else
|
|
|
7559 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0);
|
|
|
7560
|
|
|
7561 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL)
|
|
|
7562 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7563 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7564 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7565 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7566 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
7567 #endif
|
|
|
7568 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7569 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */
|
|
|
7570 #endif
|
|
|
7571 }
|
|
|
7572
|
|
|
7573 static void
|
|
|
7574 ins_del()
|
|
|
7575 {
|
|
|
7576 int temp;
|
|
|
7577
|
|
|
7578 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
7579 return;
|
|
|
7580 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */
|
|
|
7581 {
|
|
|
7582 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7583 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */
|
|
|
7584 || u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1),
|
|
|
7585 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 2)) == FAIL
|
|
|
7586 || do_join(FALSE) == FAIL)
|
|
|
7587 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7588 else
|
|
|
7589 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
7590 }
|
|
|
7591 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */
|
|
|
7592 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7593 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7594 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7595 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7596 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7597 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
7598 #endif
|
|
|
7599 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL);
|
|
|
7600 }
|
|
|
7601
|
|
|
7602 /*
|
|
|
7603 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode.
|
|
|
7604 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used.
|
|
|
7605 */
|
|
|
7606 static int
|
|
|
7607 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p)
|
|
|
7608 int c;
|
|
|
7609 int mode;
|
|
|
7610 int *inserted_space_p;
|
|
|
7611 {
|
|
|
7612 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
7613 int cc;
|
|
|
7614 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
7615 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
|
7616 int did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
|
7617 int in_indent;
|
|
|
7618 int oldState;
|
|
|
7619 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
714
|
7620 int cpc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing characters */
|
|
7
|
7621 #endif
|
|
|
7622
|
|
|
7623 /*
|
|
|
7624 * can't delete anything in an empty file
|
|
|
7625 * can't backup past first character in buffer
|
|
|
7626 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1
|
|
|
7627 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0
|
|
|
7628 */
|
|
|
7629 if ( bufempty()
|
|
|
7630 || (
|
|
|
7631 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7632 !revins_on &&
|
|
|
7633 #endif
|
|
|
7634 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
7635 || (!can_bs(BS_START)
|
|
|
7636 && (arrow_used
|
|
|
7637 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7638 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col)))
|
|
|
7639 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0
|
|
|
7640 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col)
|
|
|
7641 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0))))
|
|
|
7642 {
|
|
|
7643 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7644 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7645 }
|
|
|
7646
|
|
|
7647 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
7648 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7649 in_indent = inindent(0);
|
|
|
7650 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7651 if (in_indent)
|
|
|
7652 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
7653 #endif
|
|
|
7654 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
7655 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */
|
|
|
7656 #endif
|
|
|
7657 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7658 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */
|
|
|
7659 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7660 #endif
|
|
|
7661
|
|
|
7662 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7663 /* Virtualedit:
|
|
|
7664 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space
|
|
|
7665 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd
|
|
|
7666 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going
|
|
|
7667 */
|
|
|
7668 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
|
|
|
7669 {
|
|
|
7670 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
|
7671 {
|
|
|
7672 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
7673 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7674 }
|
|
|
7675 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD)
|
|
|
7676 {
|
|
|
7677 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
7678 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7679 }
|
|
|
7680 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
7681 }
|
|
|
7682 #endif
|
|
|
7683
|
|
|
7684 /*
|
|
|
7685 * delete newline!
|
|
|
7686 */
|
|
|
7687 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
7688 {
|
|
|
7689 lnum = Insstart.lnum;
|
|
|
7690 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7691 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7692 || revins_on
|
|
|
7693 #endif
|
|
|
7694 )
|
|
|
7695 {
|
|
|
7696 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2),
|
|
|
7697 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL)
|
|
|
7698 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7699 --Insstart.lnum;
|
|
|
7700 Insstart.col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
7701 }
|
|
|
7702 /*
|
|
|
7703 * In replace mode:
|
|
|
7704 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it
|
|
|
7705 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back
|
|
|
7706 */
|
|
|
7707 cc = -1;
|
|
|
7708 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7709 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */
|
|
|
7710 /*
|
|
|
7711 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the
|
|
|
7712 * cursor.
|
|
|
7713 */
|
|
|
7714 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
|
|
|
7715 {
|
|
|
7716 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7717 }
|
|
|
7718 else
|
|
|
7719 {
|
|
|
7720 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7721 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7722 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count)
|
|
|
7723 #endif
|
|
|
7724 {
|
|
|
7725 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */
|
|
|
7726 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
278
|
7727
|
|
|
7728 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at
|
|
|
7729 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken
|
|
|
7730 * again when auto-formatting. */
|
|
|
7731 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO)
|
|
|
7732 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
|
|
|
7733 {
|
|
|
7734 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
|
|
|
7735 TRUE);
|
|
|
7736 int len;
|
|
|
7737
|
|
|
7738 len = STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
7739 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ')
|
|
|
7740 ptr[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
7741 }
|
|
|
7742
|
|
7
|
7743 (void)do_join(FALSE);
|
|
|
7744 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
7745 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7746 }
|
|
|
7747 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7748 else
|
|
|
7749 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7750 #endif
|
|
|
7751
|
|
|
7752 /*
|
|
|
7753 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced
|
|
|
7754 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated
|
|
|
7755 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the
|
|
|
7756 * characters that NL replaced.
|
|
|
7757 */
|
|
|
7758 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7759 {
|
|
|
7760 /*
|
|
|
7761 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to
|
|
|
7762 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and
|
|
|
7763 * avoiding showmatch().
|
|
|
7764 */
|
|
|
7765 oldState = State;
|
|
|
7766 State = NORMAL;
|
|
|
7767 /*
|
|
|
7768 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor
|
|
|
7769 */
|
|
|
7770 while (cc > 0)
|
|
|
7771 {
|
|
|
7772 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7773 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7774 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
|
7775 #else
|
|
|
7776 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
7777 #endif
|
|
|
7778 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
7779 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
|
7780 }
|
|
|
7781 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */
|
|
|
7782 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
7783 State = oldState;
|
|
|
7784 }
|
|
|
7785 }
|
|
|
7786 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7787 }
|
|
|
7788 else
|
|
|
7789 {
|
|
|
7790 /*
|
|
|
7791 * Delete character(s) before the cursor.
|
|
|
7792 */
|
|
|
7793 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7794 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */
|
|
|
7795 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7796 #endif
|
|
|
7797 mincol = 0;
|
|
|
7798 /* keep indent */
|
|
|
7799 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE && curbuf->b_p_ai
|
|
|
7800 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7801 && !revins_on
|
|
|
7802 #endif
|
|
|
7803 )
|
|
|
7804 {
|
|
|
7805 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7806 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
|
7807 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)temp)
|
|
|
7808 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7809 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
7810 }
|
|
|
7811
|
|
|
7812 /*
|
|
|
7813 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'.
|
|
|
7814 */
|
|
|
7815 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR
|
|
|
7816 && ((p_sta && in_indent)
|
|
648
|
7817 || (curbuf->b_p_sts != 0
|
|
7
|
7818 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB
|
|
|
7819 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' '
|
|
|
7820 && (!*inserted_space_p
|
|
|
7821 || arrow_used))))))
|
|
|
7822 {
|
|
|
7823 int ts;
|
|
|
7824 colnr_T vcol;
|
|
|
7825 colnr_T want_vcol;
|
|
|
7826 int extra = 0;
|
|
|
7827
|
|
|
7828 *inserted_space_p = FALSE;
|
|
648
|
7829 if (p_sta && in_indent)
|
|
7
|
7830 ts = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
7831 else
|
|
|
7832 ts = curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
|
7833 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since
|
|
|
7834 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of
|
|
|
7835 * the previous character. */
|
|
|
7836 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7837 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7838 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol);
|
|
|
7839 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7840 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts;
|
|
|
7841
|
|
|
7842 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */
|
|
|
7843 while (vcol > want_vcol
|
|
|
7844 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc)))
|
|
|
7845 {
|
|
|
7846 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7847 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7848 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7849 {
|
|
|
7850 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in
|
|
|
7851 * Replace mode */
|
|
|
7852 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7853 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7854 {
|
|
|
7855 #if 0 /* what was this for? It causes problems when sw != ts. */
|
|
|
7856 if (State == REPLACE && (int)vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
|
7857 {
|
|
|
7858 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
7859 extra = 2; /* don't pop too much */
|
|
|
7860 }
|
|
|
7861 else
|
|
|
7862 #endif
|
|
|
7863 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
7864 }
|
|
|
7865 }
|
|
|
7866 else
|
|
|
7867 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
7868 }
|
|
|
7869
|
|
|
7870 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */
|
|
|
7871 while (vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
|
7872 {
|
|
|
7873 /* Remember the first char we inserted */
|
|
|
7874 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7875 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7876 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7877
|
|
|
7878 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7879 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7880 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
7881 else
|
|
|
7882 #endif
|
|
|
7883 {
|
|
|
7884 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
|
7885 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && extra <= 1)
|
|
|
7886 {
|
|
|
7887 if (extra)
|
|
|
7888 replace_push_off(NUL);
|
|
|
7889 else
|
|
|
7890 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
7891 }
|
|
|
7892 if (extra == 2)
|
|
|
7893 extra = 1;
|
|
|
7894 }
|
|
|
7895 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7896 }
|
|
|
7897 }
|
|
|
7898
|
|
|
7899 /*
|
|
|
7900 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word.
|
|
|
7901 */
|
|
|
7902 else do
|
|
|
7903 {
|
|
|
7904 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7905 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */
|
|
|
7906 #endif
|
|
|
7907 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7908
|
|
|
7909 /* start of word? */
|
|
|
7910 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor()))
|
|
|
7911 {
|
|
|
7912 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE;
|
|
|
7913 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor());
|
|
|
7914 }
|
|
|
7915 /* end of word? */
|
|
|
7916 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE
|
|
|
7917 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor())
|
|
|
7918 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp))
|
|
|
7919 {
|
|
|
7920 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7921 if (!revins_on)
|
|
|
7922 #endif
|
|
|
7923 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7924 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7925 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7926 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7927 #endif
|
|
|
7928 break;
|
|
|
7929 }
|
|
|
7930 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7931 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
7932 else
|
|
|
7933 {
|
|
|
7934 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7935 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco)
|
|
714
|
7936 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), cpc);
|
|
7
|
7937 #endif
|
|
|
7938 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
7939 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7940 /*
|
|
714
|
7941 * If there are combining characters and 'delcombine' is set
|
|
|
7942 * move the cursor back. Don't back up before the base
|
|
7
|
7943 * character.
|
|
|
7944 */
|
|
714
|
7945 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && cpc[0] != NUL)
|
|
7
|
7946 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7947 #endif
|
|
|
7948 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7949 if (revins_chars)
|
|
|
7950 {
|
|
|
7951 revins_chars--;
|
|
|
7952 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7953 }
|
|
|
7954 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
7955 break;
|
|
|
7956 #endif
|
|
|
7957 }
|
|
|
7958 /* Just a single backspace?: */
|
|
|
7959 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
|
7960 break;
|
|
|
7961 } while (
|
|
|
7962 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7963 revins_on ||
|
|
|
7964 #endif
|
|
|
7965 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol
|
|
|
7966 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7967 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col)));
|
|
|
7968 did_backspace = TRUE;
|
|
|
7969 }
|
|
|
7970 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7971 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7972 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7973 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
7974 #endif
|
|
|
7975 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1)
|
|
|
7976 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7977 /*
|
|
|
7978 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo
|
|
|
7979 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal
|
|
|
7980 * with.
|
|
|
7981 */
|
|
|
7982 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
7983
|
|
|
7984 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */
|
|
|
7985 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7986 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7987 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7988
|
|
|
7989 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that
|
|
|
7990 * was there remains visible
|
|
|
7991 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that
|
|
|
7992 * was there is erased from the screen.
|
|
|
7993 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar
|
|
|
7994 * displayed even when there isn't.
|
|
|
7995 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */
|
|
|
7996 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == 0)
|
|
|
7997 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
7998
|
|
|
7999 return did_backspace;
|
|
|
8000 }
|
|
|
8001
|
|
|
8002 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
8003 static void
|
|
|
8004 ins_mouse(c)
|
|
|
8005 int c;
|
|
|
8006 {
|
|
|
8007 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8008
|
|
|
8009 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8010 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */
|
|
|
8011 if (!gui.in_use)
|
|
|
8012 # endif
|
|
|
8013 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT))
|
|
|
8014 return;
|
|
|
8015
|
|
|
8016 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8017 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8018 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0))
|
|
|
8019 {
|
|
|
8020 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8021 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8022 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8023 # endif
|
|
|
8024 }
|
|
|
8025
|
|
|
8026 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
8027 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */
|
|
|
8028 redraw_statuslines();
|
|
|
8029 #endif
|
|
|
8030 }
|
|
|
8031
|
|
|
8032 static void
|
|
|
8033 ins_mousescroll(up)
|
|
|
8034 int up;
|
|
|
8035 {
|
|
|
8036 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8037 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
8038 win_T *old_curwin;
|
|
|
8039 # endif
|
|
|
8040
|
|
|
8041 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8042
|
|
|
8043 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
8044 old_curwin = curwin;
|
|
|
8045
|
|
|
8046 /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */
|
|
|
8047 if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0)
|
|
|
8048 {
|
|
|
8049 int row, col;
|
|
|
8050
|
|
|
8051 row = mouse_row;
|
|
|
8052 col = mouse_col;
|
|
|
8053
|
|
|
8054 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */
|
|
|
8055 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col);
|
|
|
8056 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
8057 }
|
|
|
8058 if (curwin == old_curwin)
|
|
|
8059 # endif
|
|
|
8060 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8061
|
|
|
8062 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
8063 scroll_redraw(up, (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline));
|
|
|
8064 else
|
|
|
8065 scroll_redraw(up, 3L);
|
|
|
8066
|
|
|
8067 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
8068 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
|
|
|
8069
|
|
|
8070 curwin = old_curwin;
|
|
|
8071 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
8072 # endif
|
|
|
8073
|
|
|
8074 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos))
|
|
|
8075 {
|
|
|
8076 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8077 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8078 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8079 # endif
|
|
|
8080 }
|
|
|
8081 }
|
|
|
8082 #endif
|
|
|
8083
|
|
692
|
8084 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
8085 void
|
|
|
8086 ins_tabline(c)
|
|
|
8087 int c;
|
|
|
8088 {
|
|
|
8089 /* We will be leaving the current window, unless closing another tab. */
|
|
|
8090 if (c != K_TABMENU || current_tabmenu != TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE
|
|
|
8091 || (current_tab != 0 && current_tab != tabpage_index(curtab)))
|
|
|
8092 {
|
|
|
8093 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8094 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
8095 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8096 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8097 # endif
|
|
|
8098 }
|
|
|
8099
|
|
|
8100 if (c == K_TABLINE)
|
|
|
8101 goto_tabpage(current_tab);
|
|
|
8102 else
|
|
|
8103 handle_tabmenu();
|
|
|
8104
|
|
|
8105 }
|
|
|
8106 #endif
|
|
|
8107
|
|
|
8108 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
7
|
8109 void
|
|
|
8110 ins_scroll()
|
|
|
8111 {
|
|
|
8112 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8113
|
|
|
8114 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8115 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8116 if (gui_do_scroll())
|
|
|
8117 {
|
|
|
8118 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8119 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8120 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8121 # endif
|
|
|
8122 }
|
|
|
8123 }
|
|
|
8124
|
|
|
8125 void
|
|
|
8126 ins_horscroll()
|
|
|
8127 {
|
|
|
8128 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8129
|
|
|
8130 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8131 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8132 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll())
|
|
|
8133 {
|
|
|
8134 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8135 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8136 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8137 # endif
|
|
|
8138 }
|
|
|
8139 }
|
|
|
8140 #endif
|
|
|
8141
|
|
|
8142 static void
|
|
|
8143 ins_left()
|
|
|
8144 {
|
|
|
8145 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8146
|
|
|
8147 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
8148 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
8149 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
8150 #endif
|
|
|
8151 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8152 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8153 if (oneleft() == OK)
|
|
|
8154 {
|
|
|
8155 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8156 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8157 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */
|
|
|
8158 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol)
|
|
|
8159 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
8160 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
8161 #endif
|
|
|
8162 }
|
|
|
8163
|
|
|
8164 /*
|
|
|
8165 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to
|
|
|
8166 * previous line
|
|
|
8167 */
|
|
|
8168 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
8169 {
|
|
|
8170 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8171 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
|
8172 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
8173 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */
|
|
|
8174 }
|
|
|
8175 else
|
|
|
8176 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8177 }
|
|
|
8178
|
|
|
8179 static void
|
|
|
8180 ins_home(c)
|
|
|
8181 int c;
|
|
|
8182 {
|
|
|
8183 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8184
|
|
|
8185 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
8186 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
8187 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
8188 #endif
|
|
|
8189 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8190 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8191 if (c == K_C_HOME)
|
|
|
8192 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1;
|
|
|
8193 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
8194 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
8195 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
8196 #endif
|
|
|
8197 curwin->w_curswant = 0;
|
|
|
8198 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8199 }
|
|
|
8200
|
|
|
8201 static void
|
|
|
8202 ins_end(c)
|
|
|
8203 int c;
|
|
|
8204 {
|
|
|
8205 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8206
|
|
|
8207 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
8208 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
8209 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
8210 #endif
|
|
|
8211 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8212 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8213 if (c == K_C_END)
|
|
|
8214 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
8215 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
8216 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
8217
|
|
|
8218 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8219 }
|
|
|
8220
|
|
|
8221 static void
|
|
|
8222 ins_s_left()
|
|
|
8223 {
|
|
|
8224 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
8225 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
8226 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
8227 #endif
|
|
|
8228 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8229 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
8230 {
|
|
|
8231 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
8232 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
8233 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
8234 }
|
|
|
8235 else
|
|
|
8236 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8237 }
|
|
|
8238
|
|
|
8239 static void
|
|
|
8240 ins_right()
|
|
|
8241 {
|
|
|
8242 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
8243 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
8244 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
8245 #endif
|
|
|
8246 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8247 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL || virtual_active()
|
|
|
8248 )
|
|
|
8249 {
|
|
|
8250 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
8251 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
8252 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
8253 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
8254 oneright();
|
|
|
8255 else
|
|
|
8256 #endif
|
|
|
8257 {
|
|
|
8258 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8259 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
474
|
8260 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
7
|
8261 else
|
|
|
8262 #endif
|
|
|
8263 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
8264 }
|
|
|
8265
|
|
|
8266 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8267 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
8268 if (revins_chars)
|
|
|
8269 revins_chars--;
|
|
|
8270 #endif
|
|
|
8271 }
|
|
|
8272 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the
|
|
|
8273 * cursor to the next line */
|
|
|
8274 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL
|
|
|
8275 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
8276 {
|
|
|
8277 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
8278 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
8279 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
8280 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
8281 }
|
|
|
8282 else
|
|
|
8283 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8284 }
|
|
|
8285
|
|
|
8286 static void
|
|
|
8287 ins_s_right()
|
|
|
8288 {
|
|
|
8289 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
8290 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
8291 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
8292 #endif
|
|
|
8293 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8294 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
8295 || gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
8296 {
|
|
|
8297 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
8298 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0);
|
|
|
8299 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
8300 }
|
|
|
8301 else
|
|
|
8302 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8303 }
|
|
|
8304
|
|
|
8305 static void
|
|
|
8306 ins_up(startcol)
|
|
|
8307 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
8308 {
|
|
|
8309 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8310 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
8311 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
8312 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
8313 #endif
|
|
|
8314
|
|
|
8315 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8316 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8317 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
|
8318 {
|
|
|
8319 if (startcol)
|
|
|
8320 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
|
8321 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
8322 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
8323 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
|
8324 #endif
|
|
|
8325 )
|
|
|
8326 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
8327 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8328 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8329 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8330 #endif
|
|
|
8331 }
|
|
|
8332 else
|
|
|
8333 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8334 }
|
|
|
8335
|
|
|
8336 static void
|
|
|
8337 ins_pageup()
|
|
|
8338 {
|
|
|
8339 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8340
|
|
|
8341 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8342 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8343 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
|
8344 {
|
|
|
8345 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8346 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8347 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8348 #endif
|
|
|
8349 }
|
|
|
8350 else
|
|
|
8351 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8352 }
|
|
|
8353
|
|
|
8354 static void
|
|
|
8355 ins_down(startcol)
|
|
|
8356 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
8357 {
|
|
|
8358 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8359 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
8360 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
8361 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
8362 #endif
|
|
|
8363
|
|
|
8364 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8365 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8366 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
|
8367 {
|
|
|
8368 if (startcol)
|
|
|
8369 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
|
8370 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
8371 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
8372 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
|
8373 #endif
|
|
|
8374 )
|
|
|
8375 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
8376 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8377 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8378 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8379 #endif
|
|
|
8380 }
|
|
|
8381 else
|
|
|
8382 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8383 }
|
|
|
8384
|
|
|
8385 static void
|
|
|
8386 ins_pagedown()
|
|
|
8387 {
|
|
|
8388 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8389
|
|
|
8390 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8391 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8392 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
|
8393 {
|
|
|
8394 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8395 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8396 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8397 #endif
|
|
|
8398 }
|
|
|
8399 else
|
|
|
8400 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8401 }
|
|
|
8402
|
|
|
8403 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
8404 static void
|
|
|
8405 ins_drop()
|
|
|
8406 {
|
|
|
8407 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
|
8408 }
|
|
|
8409 #endif
|
|
|
8410
|
|
|
8411 /*
|
|
|
8412 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode.
|
|
|
8413 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character.
|
|
|
8414 */
|
|
|
8415 static int
|
|
|
8416 ins_tab()
|
|
|
8417 {
|
|
|
8418 int ind;
|
|
|
8419 int i;
|
|
|
8420 int temp;
|
|
|
8421
|
|
|
8422 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
|
8423 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
8424 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
8425 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8426
|
|
|
8427 ind = inindent(0);
|
|
|
8428 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8429 if (ind)
|
|
|
8430 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
8431 #endif
|
|
|
8432
|
|
|
8433 /*
|
|
|
8434 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character
|
|
|
8435 */
|
|
|
8436 if (!curbuf->b_p_et
|
|
|
8437 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != curbuf->b_p_sw)
|
|
|
8438 && curbuf->b_p_sts == 0)
|
|
|
8439 return TRUE;
|
|
|
8440
|
|
|
8441 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
8442 return TRUE;
|
|
|
8443
|
|
|
8444 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
8445 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
8446 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
8447 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
8448 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
8449 #endif
|
|
|
8450 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t");
|
|
|
8451
|
|
|
8452 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */
|
|
|
8453 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
8454 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts > 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */
|
|
|
8455 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
|
8456 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */
|
|
|
8457 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
|
|
|
8458 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp;
|
|
|
8459
|
|
|
8460 /*
|
|
|
8461 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in
|
|
|
8462 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any
|
|
|
8463 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters.
|
|
|
8464 */
|
|
|
8465 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
8466 while (--temp > 0)
|
|
|
8467 {
|
|
|
8468 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8469 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8470 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
8471 else
|
|
|
8472 #endif
|
|
|
8473 {
|
|
|
8474 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
|
8475 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */
|
|
|
8476 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
8477 }
|
|
|
8478 }
|
|
|
8479
|
|
|
8480 /*
|
|
|
8481 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible.
|
|
|
8482 */
|
|
|
8483 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (curbuf->b_p_sts || (p_sta && ind)))
|
|
|
8484 {
|
|
|
8485 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
8486 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8487 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
8488 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
8489 #endif
|
|
|
8490 pos_T fpos;
|
|
|
8491 pos_T *cursor;
|
|
|
8492 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol;
|
|
|
8493 int change_col = -1;
|
|
|
8494 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
8495
|
|
|
8496 /*
|
|
|
8497 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes
|
|
|
8498 * yet, just work on a copy of the line.
|
|
|
8499 */
|
|
|
8500 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8501 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8502 {
|
|
|
8503 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8504 cursor = &pos;
|
|
|
8505 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
8506 if (saved_line == NULL)
|
|
|
8507 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8508 ptr = saved_line + pos.col;
|
|
|
8509 }
|
|
|
8510 else
|
|
|
8511 #endif
|
|
|
8512 {
|
|
|
8513 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
8514 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8515 }
|
|
|
8516
|
|
|
8517 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */
|
|
|
8518 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
8519 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
8520
|
|
|
8521 /* Find first white before the cursor */
|
|
|
8522 fpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8523 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1]))
|
|
|
8524 {
|
|
|
8525 --fpos.col;
|
|
|
8526 --ptr;
|
|
|
8527 }
|
|
|
8528
|
|
|
8529 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */
|
|
|
8530 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8531 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
8532 && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
8533 {
|
|
|
8534 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col;
|
|
|
8535 fpos.col = Insstart.col;
|
|
|
8536 }
|
|
|
8537
|
|
|
8538 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */
|
|
|
8539 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
8540 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
8541
|
|
|
8542 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and
|
|
|
8543 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */
|
|
|
8544 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr))
|
|
|
8545 {
|
|
|
8546 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol);
|
|
|
8547 if (vcol + i > want_vcol)
|
|
|
8548 break;
|
|
|
8549 if (*ptr != TAB)
|
|
|
8550 {
|
|
|
8551 *ptr = TAB;
|
|
|
8552 if (change_col < 0)
|
|
|
8553 {
|
|
|
8554 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */
|
|
|
8555 /* May have to adjust Insstart */
|
|
|
8556 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
8557 Insstart.col = fpos.col;
|
|
|
8558 }
|
|
|
8559 }
|
|
|
8560 ++fpos.col;
|
|
|
8561 ++ptr;
|
|
|
8562 vcol += i;
|
|
|
8563 }
|
|
|
8564
|
|
|
8565 if (change_col >= 0)
|
|
|
8566 {
|
|
|
8567 int repl_off = 0;
|
|
|
8568
|
|
|
8569 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */
|
|
|
8570 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ')
|
|
|
8571 {
|
|
|
8572 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol);
|
|
|
8573 ++ptr;
|
|
|
8574 ++repl_off;
|
|
|
8575 }
|
|
|
8576 if (vcol > want_vcol)
|
|
|
8577 {
|
|
|
8578 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */
|
|
|
8579 --ptr;
|
|
|
8580 --repl_off;
|
|
|
8581 }
|
|
|
8582 fpos.col += repl_off;
|
|
|
8583
|
|
|
8584 /* Delete following spaces. */
|
|
|
8585 i = cursor->col - fpos.col;
|
|
|
8586 if (i > 0)
|
|
|
8587 {
|
|
|
8588 mch_memmove(ptr, ptr + i, STRLEN(ptr + i) + 1);
|
|
|
8589 /* correct replace stack. */
|
|
|
8590 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8591 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8592 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8593 #endif
|
|
|
8594 )
|
|
|
8595 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; )
|
|
|
8596 replace_join(repl_off);
|
|
|
8597 }
|
|
33
|
8598 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
8599 if (usingNetbeans)
|
|
|
8600 {
|
|
|
8601 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
|
8602 (long)(i + 1));
|
|
|
8603 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
|
8604 (char_u *)"\t", 1);
|
|
|
8605 }
|
|
|
8606 #endif
|
|
7
|
8607 cursor->col -= i;
|
|
|
8608
|
|
|
8609 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8610 /*
|
|
|
8611 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by
|
|
|
8612 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new
|
|
|
8613 * spacing.
|
|
|
8614 */
|
|
|
8615 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8616 {
|
|
|
8617 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */
|
|
|
8618 backspace_until_column(change_col);
|
|
|
8619
|
|
|
8620 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to
|
|
|
8621 * ptr-cursor */
|
|
|
8622 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col,
|
|
|
8623 cursor->col - change_col);
|
|
|
8624 }
|
|
|
8625 #endif
|
|
|
8626 }
|
|
|
8627
|
|
|
8628 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8629 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8630 vim_free(saved_line);
|
|
|
8631 #endif
|
|
|
8632 curwin->w_p_list = save_list;
|
|
|
8633 }
|
|
|
8634
|
|
|
8635 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8636 }
|
|
|
8637
|
|
|
8638 /*
|
|
|
8639 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode.
|
|
|
8640 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo.
|
|
|
8641 */
|
|
|
8642 static int
|
|
|
8643 ins_eol(c)
|
|
|
8644 int c;
|
|
|
8645 {
|
|
|
8646 int i;
|
|
|
8647
|
|
|
8648 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
8649 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8650 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
8651 return TRUE;
|
|
|
8652 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8653
|
|
|
8654 /*
|
|
|
8655 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the
|
|
|
8656 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack,
|
|
|
8657 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted.
|
|
|
8658 */
|
|
|
8659 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8660 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8661 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8662 #endif
|
|
|
8663 )
|
|
|
8664 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
8665
|
|
|
8666 /*
|
|
|
8667 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
|
|
|
8668 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the
|
|
|
8669 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done
|
|
|
8670 * in open_line().
|
|
|
8671 */
|
|
|
8672
|
|
|
8673 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8674 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
8675 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap)
|
|
|
8676 fkmap(NL);
|
|
|
8677 # endif
|
|
|
8678 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of
|
|
|
8679 * current line. */
|
|
|
8680 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
8681 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
8682 #endif
|
|
|
8683
|
|
|
8684 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR);
|
|
|
8685 i = open_line(FORWARD,
|
|
|
8686 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
8687 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM :
|
|
|
8688 #endif
|
|
|
8689 0, old_indent);
|
|
|
8690 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
8691 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8692 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8693 #endif
|
|
|
8694
|
|
|
8695 return (!i);
|
|
|
8696 }
|
|
|
8697
|
|
|
8698 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
8699 /*
|
|
|
8700 * Handle digraph in insert mode.
|
|
|
8701 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be
|
|
|
8702 * done.
|
|
|
8703 */
|
|
|
8704 static int
|
|
|
8705 ins_digraph()
|
|
|
8706 {
|
|
|
8707 int c;
|
|
|
8708 int cc;
|
|
|
8709
|
|
|
8710 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
8711 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
8712 {
|
|
|
8713 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
661
|
8714 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
8715
|
|
|
8716 edit_putchar('?', TRUE);
|
|
|
8717 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8718 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K);
|
|
|
8719 #endif
|
|
|
8720 }
|
|
|
8721
|
|
|
8722 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
8723 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
8724 #endif
|
|
|
8725
|
|
|
8726 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the
|
|
|
8727 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */
|
|
|
8728 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
8729 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
8730 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
8731 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
8732 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
8733 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */
|
|
|
8734 {
|
|
|
8735 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8736 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
8737 #endif
|
|
|
8738 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
8739 return NUL;
|
|
|
8740 }
|
|
|
8741 if (c != ESC)
|
|
|
8742 {
|
|
|
8743 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
8744 {
|
|
|
8745 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
661
|
8746 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
8747
|
|
|
8748 if (char2cells(c) == 1)
|
|
|
8749 {
|
|
|
8750 /* first remove the '?', otherwise it's restored when typing
|
|
|
8751 * an ESC next */
|
|
|
8752 edit_unputchar();
|
|
661
|
8753 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
8754 edit_putchar(c, TRUE);
|
|
|
8755 }
|
|
|
8756 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8757 add_to_showcmd_c(c);
|
|
|
8758 #endif
|
|
|
8759 }
|
|
|
8760 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
8761 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
8762 cc = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
8763 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
8764 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
8765 if (cc != ESC)
|
|
|
8766 {
|
|
|
8767 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR);
|
|
|
8768 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE);
|
|
|
8769 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8770 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
8771 #endif
|
|
|
8772 return c;
|
|
|
8773 }
|
|
|
8774 }
|
|
|
8775 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
8776 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8777 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
8778 #endif
|
|
|
8779 return NUL;
|
|
|
8780 }
|
|
|
8781 #endif
|
|
|
8782
|
|
|
8783 /*
|
|
|
8784 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line.
|
|
|
8785 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found.
|
|
|
8786 */
|
|
|
8787 static int
|
|
|
8788 ins_copychar(lnum)
|
|
|
8789 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
8790 {
|
|
|
8791 int c;
|
|
|
8792 int temp;
|
|
|
8793 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr;
|
|
|
8794
|
|
|
8795 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
8796 {
|
|
|
8797 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8798 return NUL;
|
|
|
8799 }
|
|
|
8800
|
|
|
8801 /* try to advance to the cursor column */
|
|
|
8802 temp = 0;
|
|
|
8803 ptr = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
8804 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
8805 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
8806 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
8807 {
|
|
|
8808 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
8809 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp);
|
|
|
8810 }
|
|
|
8811 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
8812 ptr = prev_ptr;
|
|
|
8813
|
|
|
8814 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8815 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
|
|
|
8816 #else
|
|
|
8817 c = *ptr;
|
|
|
8818 #endif
|
|
|
8819 if (c == NUL)
|
|
|
8820 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8821 return c;
|
|
|
8822 }
|
|
|
8823
|
|
449
|
8824 /*
|
|
|
8825 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
8826 */
|
|
|
8827 static int
|
|
|
8828 ins_ctrl_ey(tc)
|
|
|
8829 int tc;
|
|
|
8830 {
|
|
|
8831 int c = tc;
|
|
|
8832
|
|
|
8833 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
8834 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
|
8835 {
|
|
|
8836 if (c == Ctrl_Y)
|
|
|
8837 scrolldown_clamp();
|
|
|
8838 else
|
|
|
8839 scrollup_clamp();
|
|
|
8840 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
8841 }
|
|
|
8842 else
|
|
|
8843 #endif
|
|
|
8844 {
|
|
|
8845 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1));
|
|
|
8846 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
8847 {
|
|
|
8848 long tw_save;
|
|
|
8849
|
|
|
8850 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it
|
|
|
8851 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth'
|
|
|
8852 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a
|
|
|
8853 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */
|
|
|
8854 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c))
|
|
|
8855 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
|
8856 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
|
8857 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1;
|
|
|
8858 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
8859 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save;
|
|
|
8860 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8861 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
8862 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
8863 #endif
|
|
|
8864 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */
|
|
|
8865 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
8866 }
|
|
|
8867 }
|
|
|
8868 return c;
|
|
|
8869 }
|
|
|
8870
|
|
7
|
8871 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
8872 /*
|
|
|
8873 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting.
|
|
|
8874 * Used when inserting a "normal" character.
|
|
|
8875 */
|
|
|
8876 static void
|
|
|
8877 ins_try_si(c)
|
|
|
8878 int c;
|
|
|
8879 {
|
|
|
8880 pos_T *pos, old_pos;
|
|
|
8881 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
8882 int i;
|
|
|
8883 int temp;
|
|
|
8884
|
|
|
8885 /*
|
|
|
8886 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}'
|
|
|
8887 */
|
|
|
8888 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}'))
|
|
|
8889 {
|
|
|
8890 /*
|
|
|
8891 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{'
|
|
|
8892 */
|
|
|
8893 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL)
|
|
|
8894 {
|
|
|
8895 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8896 /*
|
|
|
8897 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring
|
|
|
8898 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line
|
|
|
8899 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the
|
|
|
8900 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple
|
|
|
8901 * lines -- webb
|
|
|
8902 */
|
|
|
8903 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum);
|
|
|
8904 i = pos->col;
|
|
|
8905 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */
|
|
|
8906 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i]))
|
|
|
8907 ;
|
|
|
8908 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
8909 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
|
|
|
8910 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
|
|
|
8911 curwin->w_cursor = *pos;
|
|
|
8912 i = get_indent();
|
|
|
8913 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
|
8914 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8915 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8916 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL);
|
|
|
8917 else
|
|
|
8918 #endif
|
|
|
8919 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
8920 }
|
|
|
8921 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
8922 {
|
|
|
8923 /*
|
|
|
8924 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not
|
|
|
8925 * more than indent of previous line
|
|
|
8926 */
|
|
|
8927 temp = TRUE;
|
|
|
8928 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
8929 {
|
|
|
8930 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8931 i = get_indent();
|
|
|
8932 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
8933 {
|
|
|
8934 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)));
|
|
|
8935
|
|
|
8936 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */
|
|
|
8937 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
8938 break;
|
|
|
8939 }
|
|
|
8940 if (get_indent() >= i)
|
|
|
8941 temp = FALSE;
|
|
|
8942 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
|
8943 }
|
|
|
8944 if (temp)
|
|
|
8945 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1);
|
|
|
8946 }
|
|
|
8947 }
|
|
|
8948
|
|
|
8949 /*
|
|
|
8950 * set indent of '#' always to 0
|
|
|
8951 */
|
|
|
8952 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#')
|
|
|
8953 {
|
|
|
8954 /* remember current indent for next line */
|
|
|
8955 old_indent = get_indent();
|
|
|
8956 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
8957 }
|
|
|
8958
|
|
|
8959 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */
|
|
|
8960 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
8961 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
8962 }
|
|
|
8963 #endif
|
|
|
8964
|
|
|
8965 /*
|
|
|
8966 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off.
|
|
|
8967 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
|
|
|
8968 */
|
|
|
8969 static colnr_T
|
|
|
8970 get_nolist_virtcol()
|
|
|
8971 {
|
|
|
8972 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
8973 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
8974 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
8975 return curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
8976 }
|
